Document:

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement

 Exhibit 10.1 
 AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT 
 AGREEMENT by and between
SUNRISE SENIOR LIVING, INC. (the “Company”) and MARK ORDAN (the “Executive”), originally executed on November 13, 2008 (the “Execution Date”) and effective as of November 1, 2008 (the
“Effective Date”), and amended and restated effective as of December 1, 2010 (the “Restatement Effective Date”). 
 WHEREAS, the Company is desirous of employing the Executive as its Chief Executive Officer on the terms and conditions, and for the consideration, hereinafter set forth, and the Executive is desirous of
being employed by the Company on such terms and conditions and for such consideration. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS
FOLLOWS: 
 1. Term. The Company hereby agrees to continue to employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby agrees to
continue to serve the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, for the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on December 1, 2012 (the “Employment Period”); provided, that, on
December 1, 2012 and each annual anniversary of such date thereafter (such date and each annual anniversary thereof, a “Renewal Date”), unless previously terminated in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 hereof,
the Employment Period shall be automatically extended so as to terminate one year from such Renewal Date unless, at least 120 days prior to the Renewal Date, either party shall give notice to the other that the Employment Period shall not be so
extended. 
 2. Terms of Employment. (a) Position and Duties. (i) During the Employment Period, the
Executive shall serve the Company as its Chief Executive Officer and shall perform customary and appropriate duties as may be reasonably assigned to the Executive from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Company (the
“Board”). The Executive shall have such responsibilities, power and authority as those normally associated with such position in public companies of a similar stature. The Executive shall report solely and directly to the Board. The
Executive shall perform his services at the principal offices of the Company in the McLean, Virginia area and shall travel for business purposes to the extent reasonably necessary or appropriate in the performance of such services. During the
Employment Period, the Executive shall, without compensation other than that herein provided, also serve and continue to serve, if and when elected and re-elected, as a member of the Board. 

(ii) During the Employment Period, and excluding any periods of vacation and sick leave to which the Executive may be entitled, the
Executive agrees to devote substantially all of his attention and time during normal business hours to the business and affairs of the Company and, to the extent necessary to discharge the responsibilities assigned to the Executive hereunder, to use
the Executive’s reasonable best efforts to perform faithfully and efficiently such responsibilities. During the Employment Period, it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for the Executive to serve on corporate (if approved by the Board),
civic or charitable boards or committees, deliver lectures, fulfill speaking engagements or teach at educational institutions and manage personal investments, so long as such activities do not materially interfere with the performance of the
Executive’s responsibilities in accordance with this Agreement and the Executive complies with applicable provisions of the Company’s Code of Conduct and Integrity. 

 (b) Compensation. (i) Base Salary. During the Employment Period, the
Executive shall receive an annual base salary (“Annual Base Salary”) at the rate of $650,000. The Executive’s Annual Base Salary shall be reviewed at least annually by the Compensation Committee of the Board (the
“Committee”) pursuant to its normal performance review policies for senior executives. The Committee may, but shall not be required to, increase the Annual Base Salary at any time for any reason and the term “Annual Base
Salary” as utilized in this Agreement shall refer to the Annual Base Salary as increased from time to time. The Annual Base Salary shall not be reduced after any such increase, and any increase in Annual Base Salary shall not serve to limit or
reduce any other obligation to the Executive under this Agreement. 
 (ii) Annual Bonus. 

(A) In addition to the Annual Base Salary, the Executive shall be eligible to be awarded, for each fiscal year of the Company or
portion of a fiscal year beginning on or after the Effective Date, an annual bonus (the “Annual Bonus”) pursuant to the terms of the Company’s annual incentive plan, as in effect from time to time, which shall not be
inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement. The target Annual Bonus shall be 150% of the rate of the Annual Base Salary (the “Target Bonus”). The actual annual bonus may range from 0% to 300% of the rate of the Annual Based
Salary, based upon the level of achievement of performance goals established by the Committee and ratified by the Board within the first 90 days of such fiscal year in good faith after due consultation with the Executive. Each Annual Bonus shall be
paid on the date on which annual bonuses are paid to senior executives of the Company generally, but not later than two and a half months after the end of the fiscal year for which the Annual Bonus is awarded, unless the Executive shall elect to
defer the receipt of such Annual Bonus pursuant to an arrangement that meets the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). 

(B) The Executive shall be awarded for the 2008 fiscal year of the Company an Annual Bonus of not less than $500,000, which minimum
amount shall be paid on November 14, 2008. Any additional bonus for the 2008 fiscal year of the Company shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion and ratified by the Board, and may be zero. 

(iii) Re-signing Bonus. The Executive shall be awarded a bonus of $3,000,000 (the “Re-signing Bonus”), which
shall be paid to the Executive no later than 14 days after the Restatement Effective Date. 
 (iv) Long-Term Awards.
(A) Commencing on the next annual grant of long-term awards to senior executives of the Company following the Effective Date, the Executive shall participate in all long-term cash and equity incentive plans, practices, policies, and programs
applicable generally to other senior executives of the Company. The value of Executive’s annual long-term awards shall be consistent with competitive market levels as determined by the Committee in good faith on an annual basis. 

  
 2 

 (B) On the Execution Date, the Executive was granted a promotion award of
1,500,000 stock options (the “Promotion Options”) under the Company’s 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan (or another shareholder approved plan to purchase Company common stock) (the “LTIP”). The Promotion Options have
a term of ten years and have terms and conditions not inconsistent with those set forth in this Agreement. The exercise price per share of the Promotion Options is the closing price per share of the Company common stock as of the Execution Date. The
Promotion Options will vest at a rate of one-third of the total Promotion Options on each of November 1, 2009, 2010 and 2011, subject to continued employment through the applicable vesting date. 

(C) On the Restatement Effective Date, the Executive shall be granted 1,000,000 stock options (the “Re-signing
Options”) under the LTIP. The Re-signing Options shall have a term of ten years and shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Re-signing
Option Award Agreement”). The exercise price per share of the Re-signing Options shall be equal to the “Fair Market Value” (as defined in the LTIP) of a share of Company common stock on the Restatement Effective Date. The
Re-signing Options shall vest at a rate of one-third of the total Re-signing Options on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the Restatement Effective Date, subject to the terms and conditions of the Re-signing Option Award
Agreement. 
 (v) Welfare Benefits. The Executive and/or the Executive’s family, as the case may be, shall be
eligible for participation in, and shall receive benefits under, welfare benefit plans, practices, policies and programs provided by the Company to the same extent as provided generally to senior executives of the Company. In addition, during the
Employment Period, the Executive and his eligible dependents shall be entitled to an executive medical and dental insurance plan providing supplemental first-dollar coverage for the Executive and his eligible dependents for those items not covered
under the Company’s general health plan (for example, prescriptions, orthodontia, eye surgery or other coverage which may be excluded from the group medical plan), at the expense of the Company. 

(vi) Fringe Benefits. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to fringe benefits in accordance with the
plans, practices, programs and policies of the Company in effect for other senior executives of the Company. The Company reserves the right to amend or cancel any such plan, practice, policy or program in its sole discretion, subject to the terms of
such plan, practice, policy or program and applicable law. 
 (vii) Vacation. During the Employment Period, the Executive
shall be entitled to receive four weeks paid vacation per year. 
 (viii) Indemnification. During and following the
Employment Period, the Company shall fully indemnify the Executive for any liability to the fullest extent applicable to any other officer or director of the Company. In addition, the Company agrees to continue and maintain, at the Company’s
sole expense, a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy covering the Executive both during and, while potential liability exists, after the Employment Period that is no less favorable than the policy covering active directors
and senior officers of the Company from time to time. 

  
 3 

 (ix) Expenses. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to
receive prompt reimbursement for all business expenses incurred by the Executive in accordance with the Company’s business expense reimbursement policies. 
 (x) Other Benefits. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in all executive and employee benefit plans and programs of the Company on the same basis as
provided generally to other senior executives of the Company. The Company reserves the right to amend or cancel any such plan or program in its sole discretion, subject to the terms of such plan or program and applicable law. 

3. Termination of Employment. (a) Death or Disability. The Executive’s employment shall terminate automatically
upon the Executive’s death during the Employment Period. If the Disability (as defined below) of the Executive has occurred during the Employment Period, the Company may provide the Executive with written notice in accordance with
Section 10(b) of this Agreement of its intention to terminate the Executive’s employment. In such event, the Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate effective on the 30th day after receipt of such notice by the
Executive (the “Disability Effective Date”), provided that, within the thirty (30) days after such receipt, the Executive shall not have returned to full-time performance of the Executive’s duties. For purposes of
this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean the absence of the Executive from the Executive’s duties with the Company on a full-time basis for a length of time equal to or greater than one hundred and twenty (120) consecutive
days or one hundred and eighty (180) days within any twelve month period as a result of incapacity due to mental or physical illness. 
 (b) With or Without Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment during the Employment Period either with or without Cause. For purposes of this Agreement,
“Cause” shall mean: 
 (i) The Executive’s willful failure to perform or substantially
perform the Executive’s duties with the Company; 
 (ii) Illegal conduct or gross misconduct by the
Executive that is willful and demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company’s business, financial condition or reputation; 
 (iii) A willful and material breach by the Executive of the Executive’s obligations under this Agreement, including without limitation the restrictive covenants and confidentiality provisions set
forth in Section 8 of the Agreement; or 
 (iv) The Executive’s indictment for, or entry of a plea of
guilty or nolo contendere with respect to, a felony crime or a crime involving moral turpitude, fraud, forgery, embezzlement or similar conduct. 
 provided, however, that the actions in (i) and (iii) above will not be considered Cause unless the Executive has failed to cure such actions within 30 days of receiving written
notice specifying, with particularity, the events allegedly giving rise to Cause and that such actions will not be considered Cause unless the Company provides such written notice within 90 days of any member of the Board (excluding the Executive,
if applicable at the time of such notice) having 

  
 4 

 
knowledge of the relevant action. Further, no act or failure to act by the Executive will be deemed “willful” unless done or omitted to be done not in good faith or without reasonable
belief that such action or omission was in the Company’s best interests, and any act or omission by the Executive pursuant to authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or on the advice of counsel for the Company will be
deemed made in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. The Executive will not be deemed to be discharged for Cause unless and until there is delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not
less than two thirds (2/3) of the entire membership of the Board (excluding the Executive, if he is then a member of the Board), at a meeting called and duly held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to Executive and an opportunity for the
Executive and the Executive’s counsel to be heard before the Board), finding in good faith that Executive is guilty of the conduct set forth above and specifying the particulars thereof in detail. 

(c) Good Reason; Consensual Resignation. Prior to December 1, 2012, the Executive’s employment may be terminated by the
Executive only (x) for Good Reason or (y) without Good Reason with the express written consent of the Board (such a termination without Good Reason and with Board consent, a “Consensual Resignation”). On and after
December 1, 2012 (if the Employment Term continues), the Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Executive with or without Good Reason. “Good Reason” means the occurrence of any one of the following events without
the prior written consent of Executive: 
 (i) A material diminution of the Executive’s duties or
responsibilities, authorities, powers or functions (including removal, without Cause, from the Board); 
 (ii) A
relocation that would result in the Executive’s principal location of employment being moved 35 miles or more away from his current principal location and, as a result, the Executive’s commute increasing by 35 miles or more; or 

(iii) Any material breach of this Agreement by the Company. 
 provided, however, that the actions in (i) through (iii) above will not be considered Good Reason unless the Executive shall describe the basis for the occurrence of the Good
Reason event in reasonable detail in a Notice of Termination (as defined below) provided to the Company in writing within 30 days of the Executive’s knowledge of the actions giving rise to the Good Reason, and the Company has failed to cure
such actions within 30 days of receiving such Notice of Termination (and if the Company does effect a cure within that period, such Notice of Termination shall be ineffective). Unless the Executive gives the Company notice within 90 days of the
initial existence of any event which, after any applicable notice and the lapse of any applicable 30-day grace period, would constitute Good Reason, such event will cease to be an event constituting Good Reason. The Board shall consider in good
faith a request by the Executive to resign in a Consensual Resignation, but shall be under no obligation to grant any such request. For the avoidance of doubt, any termination of the Executive’s employment by the Executive without Good Reason
pursuant to this Section 3(c) shall be a breach of this Agreement, unless such termination is a Consensual Resignation or occurs on or after December 1, 2012. 

  
 5 

 (d) Notice of Termination. Any termination of employment by the Company or the
Executive shall be communicated by a Notice of Termination (as defined below) to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 10(b) of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall
mean a written notice that (i) indicates the termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and (ii) specifies the Date of Termination (as defined below) if other than the date of receipt of such notice. The failure by the Company or
the Executive to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance that contributes to a showing of Cause or Good Reason shall not waive any right of the Company or the Executive, respectively, hereunder or preclude the Company or the
Executive, respectively, from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing the Company’s or the Executive’s rights hereunder. 
 (e) Date of Termination. “Date of Termination” shall mean (i) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause or other than for Cause, death or
Disability, the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination or any later date specified therein (which date shall not be more than thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice), (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by
reason of death or by the Company for Disability, the date of death of the Executive or the Disability Effective Date, as the case may be, (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive for Good Reason or, on or after
December 1, 2012, without Good Reason, thirty (30) days from the date of the Company’s receipt of the Notice of Termination, or such later date as is mutually agreed by the Company and the Executive (subject to the Company’s
right to cure the Good Reason event), (iv) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive in a Consensual Resignation prior to December 1, 2012, the date mutually agreed by the Company and the Executive, and (v) if
the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive prior to December 1, 2012 without Good Reason in breach of this Agreement, the earlier of (A) the last day of the Employment Period or (B) the day elected by the Company.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Date of Termination occur until the Executive experiences a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and, notwithstanding anything contained herein
to the contrary, the date on which such separation from service takes place shall be the “Date of Termination.” 
 4.
Obligations of the Company upon Termination. (a) By the Company Other Than for Cause, Death or Disability; By the Executive for Good Reason. Subject to Section 5, if, during the Employment Period, (x) the Company shall
terminate the Executive’s employment other than for Cause, death or Disability or (y) the Executive shall terminate employment for Good Reason: 
 (i) the Company shall pay to the Executive the following amounts: 

(A) a lump sum cash payment within 30 days after the Date of Termination equal to the aggregate of the following amounts:
(1) the Executive’s Annual Base Salary and vacation pay through the Date of Termination, (2) the Executive’s accrued Annual Bonus for the fiscal year immediately preceding the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs
(other than any portion of such Annual Bonus that was previously deferred, which portion shall instead be paid in accordance with the applicable deferral election) if such bonus has not 

  
 6 

 
been paid as of the Date of Termination, and (3) the Executive’s business expenses that have not been reimbursed by the Company as of the Date of Termination that were incurred by the
Executive prior to the Date of Termination in accordance with the applicable Company policy, in the case of each of clauses (1) through (3), to the extent not previously paid (the sum of the amounts described in clauses (1) through
(3) shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Accrued Obligations”); and 
 (B) subject to
the Executive’s delivery (and non-revocation) of an executed release of claims against the Company and its officers, directors, employees and affiliates in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the
“Release”), which Release must be delivered to the Company not later than 22 days after the Date of Termination (or such longer period of time permitted by the Company, but in no event later than the latest business day that is not
more than two months after the end of the calendar year in which the Date of Termination occurs) (the “Release Deadline”), an amount equal to the sum of (x) the product of two times the Executive’s Annual Base Salary, plus
(y) the product of 0.75 times the Executive’s Target Bonus as in effect for the fiscal year of the Company in which the Date of Termination occurs, payable in a lump sum within 30 days after the Date of Termination; and 

(ii) to the extent permitted by the Company’s group health insurance carrier, the Executive shall be allowed to
purchase, on an after-tax basis, group health benefits otherwise offered by the Company to its active employees generally until the Executive attains, or in the case of his death, would have attained, the age of 65 (but as to his children, only
through their attainment of age 26). The receipt of such health care benefits shall be conditioned upon the Executive making a timely election to receive COBRA coverage provided to former employees under Section 4980B of the Code and continuing
such coverage for so long as it may be available, and thereafter continuing to pay an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium as in effect at the Company from time to time in respect of the applicable level of coverage. If Executive allows such
coverage to lapse by not paying the applicable amount, such coverage may not thereafter be reinstated (the benefits provided pursuant to this Section 4(a)(ii), the “Post-Employment Health Care Benefits”); 

(iii) if the Date of Termination occurs on or after the second anniversary of the Effective Date, all remaining unvested
Promotion Options will vest. If the Date of Termination occurs prior to the second anniversary of the Effective Date, a number of the unvested Promotion Options will vest equal to the sum of (i) 1/3 of the total number of Promotion Options plus
(ii) a number of Promotion Options equal to 1/3 of the total number of Promotion Options multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from the latest anniversary of the Effective Date through the date of termination,
and the denominator of which is 365. Any Promotion Options which are not vested as of the Date of Termination (after application of this Section 4(a)(iii)) shall terminate immediately upon the Date of Termination. The Executive shall have one
year following the Date of Termination to exercise any Promotion Options that are vested as of the Date of Termination (after application of this Section 4(a)(iii)); 

  
 7 

 (iv) if the Date of Termination occurs on or after the
second anniversary of the Restatement Effective Date, all remaining unvested Re-signing Options will vest. If the Date of Termination occurs prior to the second anniversary of the Restatement Effective Date, a number of the unvested Re-signing
Options will vest equal to the sum of (i) one-third ( 1/3) of the total number of Re-signing Options plus (ii) a number of Re-signing Options equal to one-third
( 1/3) of the total number of Re-signing
Options multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from the latest anniversary of the Restatement Effective Date through the Date of Termination, and the denominator of which is 365. Any Re-signing Options which are not
vested as of the Date of Termination (after application of this Section 4(a)(iv)) shall terminate immediately upon the Date of Termination. The Executive shall have one year following the Date of Termination to exercise any Re-signing Options
that are vested as of the Date of Termination (after application of this Section 4(a)(iv)); 

(v) unvested equity-based awards held by the Executive on the Date of Termination other than the Promotion Options and the
Re-signing Options shall be treated in a manner similar to and consistent with that described in the preceding Sections 4(a)(iii) and 4(a)(iv) with respect to the Promotion Options and the Re-signing Options, respectively (i.e., pro-rata
vesting for open vesting periods, based on service performed during the period plus one year and, for stock options, a one-year post-termination exercise period); provided that (A) any applicable performance conditions will continue to apply
and be tested on the Date of Termination, and (B) if the terms of any individual equity-based award are more generous to the Executive than described in this Section 4(a)(v), then such more generous terms shall apply. The benefits provided
pursuant to Sections 4(a)(iii), 4(a)(iv) and 4(a)(v) of this Agreement (in the aggregate, the “Equity Award Vesting Benefits”) shall be subject to the Executive’s delivery of an executed Release prior to the Release Deadline
(and non-revocation thereof); and 
 (vi) to the extent not theretofore paid or provided, the Company shall
timely pay or provide to the Executive any other amounts or benefits required to be paid or provided or that the Executive is eligible to receive under any plan, program, policy or practice or contract or agreement of the Company and its affiliated
companies through the Date of Termination (such other amounts and benefits shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Other Benefits”). 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 4(a)(i), in the event that the Executive is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and with such
classification to be determined in accordance with the methodology established by the applicable employer) (a “Specified Employee”), amounts and benefits (other than the Accrued Obligations) that are deferred compensation (within
the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) that would otherwise be payable or provided under Section 4(a)(i) during the six-month period immediately following the Date of Termination shall instead be paid, with interest on any delayed
payment at the applicable federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Code (“Interest”), on the first business day after the date that is six months following the Date of Termination (the “409A Payment
Date”). For the avoidance of doubt, the parties hereto acknowledge that the severance payments and benefits described in this Agreement are intended to be exempt from the operation of Section 409A of the Code and not “deferred
compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A. 

  
 8 

 (b) Death. If the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of the
Executive’s death during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to the Executive’s legal representatives under this Agreement, other than (i) payment of Accrued Obligations, (ii) the
Other Benefits and (iii) the Equity Award Vesting Benefits and the Post-Employment Health Care Benefits. The Accrued Obligations shall be paid to the Executive’s estate or beneficiary, as applicable, in a lump sum in cash within thirty
(30) days of the Date of Termination. The term “Other Benefits” as utilized in this Section 4(b) shall include death benefits as in effect on the date of the Executive’s death with respect to senior executives of the
Company. 
 (c) Disability. If the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of the Executive’s Disability
during the Employment Period, the Company shall provide the Executive with (i) the Accrued Obligations and the Post-Employment Health Care Benefits, (ii) the Other Benefits and (iii) subject to the Executive’s delivery of an
executed Release prior to the Release Deadline (and non-revocation thereof), the Equity Award Vesting Benefits, and shall have no other severance obligations under this Agreement. The Accrued Obligations shall be paid to the Executive in a lump-sum
in cash within thirty (30) days of the Date of Termination. The term “Other Benefits”, as utilized in this Section 4(c), shall include short-term and long-term disability benefits as in effect on the date of the Executive’s
Disability with respect to senior executives of the Company. 
 (d) Cause; Without Good Reason On or After December 1,
2012; Consensual Resignation. If the Executive’s employment shall be terminated (x) by the Company for Cause, (y) by the Executive in a Consensual Resignation prior to December 1, 2012, or (z) by the Executive other than
for Good Reason on or after December 1, 2012, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to the Executive other than the obligation to provide the Executive with (i) the Accrued Obligations and, if such termination is a
Consensual Resignation or by the Executive other than for Good Reason on or after December 2, 2012, the Post-Employment Health Care Benefits and (ii) the Other Benefits; provided, however, that if the Executive’s
employment shall be terminated for Cause, the term “Accrued Obligations” shall not be deemed to include the Executive’s Annual Bonus for the fiscal year immediately preceding the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs.
The Accrued Obligations shall be paid to the Executive in a lump sum in cash within thirty (30) days of the Date of Termination. 
 (e) By the Executive in Breach of This Agreement. If prior to December 1, 2012 , the Executive’s employment shall be terminated by the Executive other than for Good Reason in breach of
this Agreement, then (i) Section 11(b) of this Agreement shall apply and (ii) the Company shall have all other rights and remedies to which it is entitled pursuant to applicable law. 

5. Change in Control. In the event that during the Employment Period but more than six months after the Execution Date, the
Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause, death or Disability, or by the Executive for Good Reason either 

  
 9 

 
(x) before a Change in Control (as defined in the LTIP) but after a definitive agreement is executed, the consummation of which would result in a Change in Control, and such termination arose in
connection with or anticipation of such Change in Control, or (y) upon or within two (2) years after a Change in Control occurring more than six months following the Execution Date, then the Company shall pay and provide to the Executive,
as applicable, in lieu of the payments and benefits described in Section 4, within 30 days following the Date of Termination: 
 (a) the Accrued Obligations; 
 (b) a lump sum payment equal to the product of
(i) two and (ii) the sum of (A) the Annual Base Salary and (B) the average Annual Bonus received by the Executive in respect of the two fiscal years of the Company immediately preceding the fiscal year in which the Change in
Control occurs (or if the Date of Termination occurs before the Annual Bonus payment date in respect of such two fiscal years, the Target Bonus for the fiscal year in which the Change in Control occurs); 

(c) an amount equal to the product of (i) the Target Bonus and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in
the then-current fiscal year through the Date of Termination and the denominator of which is 365; 
 (d) the Post-Employment
Health Care Benefits; 
 (e) full vesting of the Promotion Options and the Re-signing Options as of the Date of Termination, and
the Executive shall have the full remaining term of the Promotion Options or the Re-signing Options, as applicable, to exercise the Promotion Options or the Re-signing Options, as applicable; provided that this benefit shall apply even if the Date
of Termination is more than two years following the Change in Control; 
 (f) waiver of all service-based vesting conditions in
respect of all equity-based awards held by the Executive on the Date of Termination and, for stock options, a one-year post-termination exercise period; provided that (i) this benefit shall apply even if the Date of Termination is more than two
years following the Change in Control, (ii) any applicable performance conditions will continue to apply and be tested on the Date of Termination and (iii) if the terms of any individual equity-based award are more generous to the
Executive than described in this Section 5(f), then such more generous terms shall apply; and 
 (g) the Other Benefits.

 Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in the event that the Executive is a Specified Employee, amounts and
benefits that are deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) that would otherwise be payable or provided under this Section 5 (other than the Accrued Obligations) during the six-month period immediately
following the Date of Termination shall instead be paid, with Interest, on the 409A Payment Date. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties hereto acknowledge that the payments and benefits described in this Section 5 are intended to be exempt
from the operation of Section 409A of the Code and not “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A. 

  
 10 

 6. Non-exclusivity of Rights. Except as specifically provided, nothing in this
Agreement shall prevent or limit the Executive’s continuing or future participation in any plan, program, policy or practice provided by the Company or any of its affiliated companies and for which the Executive qualifies pursuant to its terms,
nor shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such rights as the Executive may have under any contract or agreement with the Company or any of its affiliated companies. Amounts that are vested benefits or that the Executive is otherwise
entitled to receive pursuant to the terms of any plan, program, policy or practice of or any contract or agreement with the Company or any of its affiliated companies at or subsequent to the Date of Termination shall be payable in accordance with
such plan, program, policy or practice or contract or agreement except as explicitly modified by this Agreement. 
 7. No
Mitigation; Legal Fees. (a) In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement and such
amounts shall not be reduced, regardless of whether the Executive obtains other employment. 
 (b) In the event of any contest
by the Company, the Executive or others of the validity or enforceability of, or liability under, any provision of this Agreement or any guarantee of performance thereof (including as a result of any contest by the Executive about the amount of any
payment pursuant to this Agreement) (each, a “Contest”) the Company agrees to reimburse the Executive, to the full extent permitted by law, all legal fees and expenses that the Executive may reasonably incur at any time from the
Effective Date of this Agreement through the Executive’s remaining lifetime (or, if longer, through the 20th anniversary of the Effective Date) as a result of such Contest; provided, however, that (i) if such Contest is
initiated on or after a Change in Control, or a Change in Control occurs during the pendency of such Contest, reimbursement of such fees and expenses will not be provided only to the extent that the Executive is found to not have acted in good faith
in bringing or defending the relevant action pursuant to a judgment, decree or order of a court of competent jurisdiction, and (ii) if such Contest is initiated prior to a Change in Control and a Change in Control does not occur during the
pendency of such Contest, reimbursement of such fees and expenses shall be provided only if the Executive substantially prevails on at least one substantive issue in such Contest. In order to comply with Section 409A of the Code, in no event
shall the payments by the Company under this Section 7(b) be made later than the end of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which such Contest is finally resolved, provided, that the Executive shall have submitted an
invoice for such fees and expenses at least 10 days before the end of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which such Contest is finally resolved. The amount of such legal fees and expenses that the Company is obligated to pay in
any given calendar year shall not affect the legal fees and expenses that the Company is obligated to pay in any other calendar year, and the Executive’s right to have the Company pay such legal fees and expenses may not be liquidated or
exchanged for any other benefit. 
 (c) The Company agrees to pay directly to the Executive’s attorneys and advisors up to
$75,000 in respect of attorneys’ and other outside advisors’ fees incurred by the Executive with respect to the preparation of this Agreement (and all term sheets and other employment arrangements prepared in connection therewith),
provided, that the Executive shall have submitted an invoice for such fees not later than 60 days after the date hereof and the Company shall make such payment within 10 business days following the Company’s receipt

  
 11 

 
of an invoice from the Executive, but in no event not later than two and one-half (2 1/2) months after the end of the current calendar year. The amount of such fees that the Company is obligated to pay in any given calendar year shall not
affect the fees that the Company is obligated to pay in any other calendar year, and the Executive’s right to have the Company pay such fees may not be liquidated or exchanged for any other benefit. 

8. Restrictive Covenants. (a) Confidential Information. During the Employment Period and thereafter, the Executive
shall keep secret and retain in the strictest confidence, and shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company all secret or confidential information, knowledge or data relating to the Company or any of its affiliated companies, and
their respective businesses, including without limitation, any data, information, ideas, knowledge and papers pertaining to the customers, prospective customers, prospective products or business methods of the Company, including without limitation
the business methods, plans and procedures of the Company, that shall have been obtained by the Executive during the Executive’s employment by the Company or any of its affiliated companies and that shall not be or become public knowledge
(other than by acts by the Executive or representatives of the Executive in violation of this Agreement). After termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company, the Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the
Company or as may otherwise be required by law or legal process after reasonable advance written notice to the Company, use communicate or divulge any such information, knowledge or data, directly or indirectly, to anyone other than the Company and
those designated by it. 
 (b) Non-competition. During the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the
two-year anniversary of the Date of Termination (the “Covenant Period”), the Executive shall not engage in, have an interest in, or otherwise be employed by or associate with (whether as an owner, operator, partner, member, manager,
employee, officer, director, consultant, advisor, lender, representative or otherwise), or permit his name to be used in connection with the activities of, any business or organization engaged in the senior assisted living business in any geographic
area in which the Company now has, or, as of the Date of Termination, shall have publicly announced plans to establish, a senior living facility owned, operated or advised for compensation by the Company or an affiliate thereof, other than for or on
behalf of, or at the request of, the Company or any affiliate; provided, that (i) passive ownership of less than two percent (2%) of the outstanding stock of any publicly traded corporation shall not be deemed to be a violation of
this Section 8(b) solely by reason thereof and (ii) solely for purposes of this Section 8(b) (and not for purposes of any other provision of this Agreement), the Covenant Period shall expire six months following the Date of
Termination if the Date of Termination occurs at the expiration of the Employment Period following the Company giving notice to the Executive pursuant to Section 1 that the Employment Period shall not be extended. 

(c) Non-solicitation of Employees. During the Covenant Period, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) induce or
attempt to induce any employee of the Company to leave the employ of the Company or in any way interfere with the relationship between the Company, on the one hand, and any employee thereof, on the other hand, (ii) hire any person who was an
employee of the Company until six (6) months after such individual’s employment relationship with the Company has been terminated or (iii) induce or attempt to induce any customer, supplier, licensee or other business relation of the
Company to cease 

  
 12 

 
doing business with the Company, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, supplier, licensee or business relation, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other
hand; provided, that solicitations incidental to general advertising or other general solicitations in the ordinary course not specifically targeted at such persons and employment of any person not otherwise solicited in violation hereof
shall not be considered a violation of this Section 8(c). 
 (d) Non-Disparagement. The Executive agrees not to make
any disparaging, negative, or defamatory comments about the Company including the Company’s business, its directors, officers, employees, parents, subsidiaries, partners, affiliates, operating divisions, representatives or agents, or any of
them, whether written, oral, or electronic. In particular, the Executive agrees to make no public or private statements including, but not limited to, press releases, statements to journalists, employees, prospective employers, interviews,
editorials, commentaries, speeches or conversations, that disparage or may disparage the Company’s business, are critical of the Company or its business, or would cast the Company or its business in a negative light. In addition to the
confidentiality requirements set forth in this Agreement and those imposed by law, the Executive further agrees not to provide any third party, directly or indirectly, with any documents, papers, recordings, e-mail, internet postings, or other
written or recorded communications referring or relating the Company’s business, that would support, directly or indirectly, any disparaging, negative or defamatory statement, whether written or oral. 

(e) Prior Notice Required. The Executive hereby agrees that, prior to accepting employment with any other person or entity during
the Covenant Period, the Executive will provide such prospective employer with written notice of the provisions of this Agreement, with a copy of such notice delivered simultaneously to the General Counsel of the Company. 

(e) Return Of Company Property/Passwords. The Executive hereby expressly covenants and agrees that following termination of the
Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason or at any time upon the Company’s request, the Executive will promptly return to the Company all property of the Company in his possession or control (whether maintained at his office,
home or elsewhere), including, without limitation, all Company passwords, credit cards, keys, beepers, laptop computers, cell phones and all copies of all management studies, business or strategic plans, budgets, notebooks and other printed, typed
or written materials, documents, diaries, calendars and data of or relating to the Company or its personnel or affairs. 
 (f)
Executive Covenants Generally. 
 (i) The Executive’s covenants as set forth in this Section 8
are from time to time referred to herein as the “Executive Covenants.” If any of the Executive Covenants is finally held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable (whether in whole or in part), such Executive Covenant shall be deemed
modified to the extent, but only to the extent, of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability and the remaining Executive Covenants shall not be affected thereby; provided, however, that if any of the Executive Covenants is
finally held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable because it exceeds the maximum 

  
 13 

 
scope determined to be acceptable to permit such provision to be enforceable, such Executive Covenant will be deemed to be modified to the minimum extent necessary to modify such scope in order
to make such provision enforceable hereunder. 
 (ii) The Executive understands that the foregoing restrictions
may limit his ability to earn a livelihood in a business similar to the business of the Company and its controlled affiliates, but the Executive nevertheless believes that he has received and will receive sufficient consideration and other benefits
as an employee of the Company and as otherwise provided hereunder to clearly justify such restrictions which, in any event (given his education, skills and ability), the Executive does not believe would prevent his from otherwise earning a living.
The Executive has carefully considered the nature and extent of the restrictions place upon his by this Section 8, and hereby acknowledges and agrees that the same are reasonable in time and territory and do not confer a benefit upon the
Company disproportionate to the detriment of the Executive. 
 (g) Enforcement. Because the Executive’s services are
unique and because the Executive has access to confidential information, the parties hereto agree that money damages would be an inadequate remedy for any breach of this Section 8. Therefore, in the event of a breach or threatened breach of
this Section 8, the Company or its respective successors or assigns may, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in their favor at law or in equity, apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or
injunctive relief in order to enforce, or prevent any violations of, the provisions hereof (without posting a bond or other security) or require the Executive to account for and pay over to the Company all compensation, profits, moneys, accruals or
other benefits derived from or received as a result of any transactions constituting a breach of the covenants contained herein, if and when final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction is so entered against the Executive. 

(h) Interpretation. For purposes of this Section 8, references to “the Company” shall mean the Company as
hereinbefore defined and any of its controlled affiliated companies. 
 9. Successors. (a) This Agreement is
personal to the Executive and without the prior written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by the Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable
by the Executive’s legal representatives. 
 (b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the
Company and its successors and assigns. 
 (c) The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase,
merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to
perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, “Company” shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid that assumes and agrees to perform this
Agreement by operation of law or otherwise. As used in this Agreement, the term “affiliated companies” shall include any company controlled by, controlling or under common control with the Company. 

  
 14 

 10. Miscellaneous. (a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without reference to principles of conflict of laws. The captions of this Agreement are not part of the provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect. This Agreement may not be amended or
modified otherwise than by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives. From and after the Restatement Effective Date, this amended and restated Agreement shall supersede and replace
any other employment agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof in effect immediately prior to the execution of this amended and restated Agreement, and the Executive shall not be entitled to any severance pay or
benefits under any other severance plan, program or policy of the Company and the affiliated companies, including without limitation the Company’s Senior Executive Severance Plan. 

(b) All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by
registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows: 
  

			
	If to the Executive:	 	 At the most recent address

on file at the Company.

		
	If to the Company:	 	 Sunrise Senior Living, Inc.

7900 Westpark Drive

		 	McLean, Virginia 22102
		 	Attention: General Counsel.

 or to such other address as
either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith. Notice and communications shall be effective when actually received by the addressee. 
 (c) The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement. 

(d) The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such federal, state, local or foreign taxes as shall be
required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation. 
 (e) The Executive’s or the Company’s failure
to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of this Agreement or the failure to assert any right the Executive or the Company may have hereunder shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or any other provision or right of
this Agreement. 
 (f) Any provision of this Agreement that by its terms continues after the expiration of the Employment Period
or the termination of the Executive’s employment shall survive in accordance with its terms. 

  
 15 

 (g) The Agreement is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the
Code or an exemption or exclusion therefrom and shall in all respects be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. The Company and the Executive mutually intend to structure the payments and benefits described in this Agreement,
and the Executive’s other compensation, to be exempt from or to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code to the extent applicable. Each payment under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment for purposes of
Section 409A of the Code. In no event may the Executive, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of any payment to be made under this Agreement. If the Executive dies following the Date of Termination and prior to the payment of the
any amounts delayed on account of Section 409A of the Code, such amounts shall be paid to the personal representative of the Executive’s estate within 30 days after the date of the Executive’s death. All reimbursements and in-kind
benefits provided under this Agreement that constitute deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including, without limitation, that
(i) in no event shall reimbursements by the Company under this Agreement be made later than the end of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the applicable fees and expenses were incurred, provided, that the
Executive shall have submitted an invoice for such fees and expenses at least 10 days before the end of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which such fees and expenses were incurred; (ii) the amount of in-kind benefits and
the Company is obligated to pay or provide in any given calendar year shall not affect the in-kind benefits that the Company is obligated to pay or provide in any other calendar year; (iii) the Executive’s right to have the Company pay or
provide such reimbursements and in-kind benefits may not be liquidated or exchanged for any other benefit; and (v) in no event shall the Company’s obligations to make such reimbursements or to provide such in-kind benefits apply later than
the Executive’s remaining lifetime (or if longer, through the 20th anniversary of the Effective Date). Prior to a Change in Control but within the time period permitted by the applicable Treasury Regulations, the Company may, in consultation
with the Executive, modify the Agreement, in the least restrictive manner necessary and without any diminution in the value of the payments to the Executive, in order to cause the provisions of the Agreement to comply with the requirements of
Section 409A of the Code, so as to avoid the imposition of taxes and penalties on the Executive pursuant to Section 409A of the Code. 
 11. Recoupment. (a) In the event of a restatement of the Company’s consolidated financial statements (occurring after the Execution Date of this Agreement) that reduces previously
reported net income or increases previously reported net loss, the Company shall have the right to take appropriate action to recoup from the Executive any portion of any bonus and other equity or non-equity compensation received by the Executive
the grant of which was tied to the achievement of one or more specific earnings targets (e.g., revenue, gain on sale, equity in earnings in unconsolidated communities, G&A expense, operating income, net income, etc.), with respect to the period
for which such financial statements are or will be restated, regardless of whether the Executive engaged in any misconduct or was at fault or responsible in any way for causing the restatement, if, as a result of such restatement, the Executive
otherwise would not have received such bonus or other compensation (or portion thereof). 
 (b) In the event that the
Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive prior to December 1, 2012 other than for Good Reason in breach of this Agreement, the Executive shall repay the Re-signing Bonus to the Company promptly upon written request from the
Company. 

  
 16 

 (c) In the event the Company is entitled to, and seeks, recoupment under this
Section 11, the Executive shall promptly reimburse the amounts which the Company is entitled to recoup hereunder. In the event the Executive fails to make prompt reimbursement of any such amounts and as to which the Company seeks recoupment
hereunder, the Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company shall have the right to (i) deduct the amount to be reimbursed hereunder from the compensation or other payments due to the Executive from the Company or (ii) take any other
appropriate action to recoup such payments. 
 (d) The Executive acknowledges that the Company does not waive its right to seek
recoupment of any amounts as described under this Section 11 for failure to demand repayment or reduce the payments made to the Executive. Any such waiver must be done in a writing that is signed by both the Company and the Executive.

 (e) The rights contained in this Section 11 shall be in addition to, and shall not limit, any other rights or remedies
that the Company may have under law or in equity, including, without limitation, any rights the Company may have under any other Company recoupment policy or other agreement or arrangement with the Executive. 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set the Executive’s hand and, pursuant to the authorization from its Board, the
Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name on its behalf, all as of the day and year first above written. 
  

					
	MARK ORDAN
	
	 /s/ Mark Ordan

	
	SUNRISE SENIOR LIVING, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Greg Neeb

		 	Name:	 	Greg Neeb
		 	Title:	 	Chief Investment and Administrative Officer

  
 17 

 EXHIBIT A 

This General Release of all Claims (this “Agreement”) is entered into on
                    , 20     by Mark Ordan (the “Executive”) and Sunrise Senior Living, Inc., a
Delaware corporation (the “Company”). 
 In consideration of the promises set forth in the Employment Agreement
between the Executive and the Company, executed November 13, 2008, effective November 1, 2008 and amended and restated as of December 1, 2010 (the “Employment Agreement”), the Executive agrees as follows: 

1. General Release and Waiver of Claims. 
 (a) Release. In consideration of the payments and benefits provided to the Executive under the Employment Agreement and after consultation with counsel, the Executive and each of the
Executive’s respective heirs, executors, administrators, representatives, agents, successors and assigns (collectively, the “Releasors”) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally release and forever discharge the Company and its
subsidiaries and affiliates and each of their respective officers, employees, directors, shareholders and agents (“Releasees”) from any and all claims, actions, causes of action, rights, judgments, obligations, damages, demands,
accountings or liabilities of whatever kind or character (collectively, “Claims”), including, without limitation, any Claims under any federal, state, local or foreign law, that the Releasors may have, or in the future may possess,
arising out (i) of the Executive’s employment relationship with and service as an employee, officer or director of the Company, and the termination of such relationship or service and (ii) any event, condition, circumstance or
obligation that occurred, existed or arose on or prior to the date hereof; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, this Agreement shall not affect: the obligations of the Company or the Executive
set forth in the Employment Agreement or other obligations that, in each case, by their terms, are to be performed after the date hereof by the Company or the Executive (including, without limitation, obligations to the Executive under the
Employment Agreement for any severance or similar payments or benefits, under any stock option, stock or equity-based award, plan or agreements, or payments or obligations under any pension plan or other benefit or deferred compensation plan, all of
which shall remain in effect in accordance with their terms); any indemnification or similar rights the Executive has as a current or former officer or director of the Company, including, without limitation, any and all rights thereto referenced in
the Employment Agreement, the Company’s bylaws, other governance documents, or any rights with respect to directors’ and officers’ insurance policies; the Executive’s right to reimbursement of business expenses; and any Claims
the Releasors may have against the Releasees in the event that the Company or any member of the Releasees brings any Claims against the Executive or any member of the Releasors. 

(b) Specific Release of ADEA Claims. In further consideration of the payments and benefits provided to the Executive under the
Employment Agreement, the Releasors hereby unconditionally release and forever discharge the Releasees from any and all Claims that the Releasors may have as of the date the Executive signs this Agreement arising under the Federal Age Discrimination
in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (“ADEA”). By signing this 

 
Agreement, the Executive hereby acknowledges and confirms the following: (i) the Executive was advised by the Company in connection with his termination to consult with an attorney of his
choice prior to signing this Agreement and to have such attorney explain to the Executive the terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the terms relating to the Executive’s release of claims arising under ADEA, and the Executive
has in fact consulted with an attorney; (ii) the Executive was given a period of not fewer than 21 days to consider the terms of this Agreement and to consult with an attorney of his choosing with respect thereto; and (iii) the Executive
knowingly and voluntarily accepts the terms of this Agreement. The Executive also understands that he has seven (7) days following the date on which he signs this Agreement within which to revoke the release contained in this paragraph, by
providing the Company a written notice of his revocation of the release and waiver contained in this paragraph. 
 (c) No
Assignment. The Executive represents and warrants that he has not assigned any of the Claims being released under this Agreement. 
 2.
Proceedings. The Executive has not filed, and agrees not to initiate or cause to be initiated on his behalf, any complaint, charge, claim or proceeding against the Releasees before any local, state or federal agency, court or other body,
other than with respect to the obligations of the Company to the Executive under the Employment Agreement or in respect of any other matter described in the proviso to Section 1(a) (each, individually, a “Proceeding”), and
agrees not to participate voluntarily in any Proceeding. The Executive waives any right he may have to benefit in any manner from any relief (whether monetary or otherwise) arising out of any Proceeding. 

3. Remedies. In the event the Executive initiates or voluntarily participates in any Proceeding following his receipt of written notice from the
Company and a failure to cease such participation within 30 days following receipt of such notice, or if he revokes the ADEA release contained in Paragraph 1(c) of this Agreement within the seven-day period provided under Paragraph 1(c),
the Company may, in addition to any other remedies it may have, reclaim any amounts paid to him under the termination provisions of the Employment Agreement (including for this purpose stock or proceeds from the sale of stock purchased upon the
exercise of stock options or delivered upon the vesting of another equity-based compensation award, to the extent the vesting of such stock option or other award accelerated on account of the Executive’s termination of employment) or terminate
any benefits or payments that are subsequently due under the Employment Agreement, without waiving the release granted herein. 

The Executive understands that by entering into this Agreement he will be limiting the availability of certain remedies that he may have
against the Company and limiting also his ability to pursue certain claims against the Company. 
 4. Severability Clause. In the event
any provision or part of this Agreement is found to be invalid or unenforceable, only that particular provision or part so found, and not the entire Agreement, will be inoperative. 
 5. Nonadmission. Nothing contained in this Agreement will be deemed or construed as an admission of wrongdoing or liability on the part of the Company. 

  
 2 

 6. Governing Law. All matters affecting this Agreement, including the validity thereof, are to be
governed by, and interpreted and construed in accordance with, the laws of the state of New York applicable to contracts executed in and to be performed in that State. 
 7. Notices. All notices or communications hereunder shall be in writing, addressed as provided in Section 10(b) of the Employment Agreement. 

THE EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE HAS READ THIS AGREEMENT AND THAT HE FULLY KNOWS, UNDERSTANDS AND APPRECIATES ITS CONTENTS, AND THAT
HE HEREBY EXECUTES THE SAME AND MAKES THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RELEASE AND AGREEMENTS PROVIDED FOR HEREIN VOLUNTARILY AND OF HIS OWN FREE WILL. 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has executed this Agreement on the date first set forth below. 
  

			
	THE EXECUTIVE
	
	  

	Mark Ordan
		
	Date of Execution:	 	  

  
 3 

 EXHIBIT B 

SUNRISE SENIOR LIVING, INC. 
 2008 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN, AS AMENDED 
 NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION
AGREEMENT 
 Sunrise Senior Living, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants an option to purchase shares of
its common stock, $0.01 par value, (the “Stock”), to the optionee named below. Additional terms and conditions of the grant are set forth in this cover sheet and in the attachment (collectively, the “Agreement”), your employment
agreement with the Company and in the Company’s 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”). 
 Grant Date:
December 1, 2010 
 Name of Optionee: Mark Ordan 
 Optionee’s Employee Identification Number:                      

Number of Shares Covered by Option: 1,000,000 
 Option Price per Share: $         (At least 100% of Fair Market Value) 
 By checking the “Read and Acknowledge Award Documents” box on the Morgan Stanley Smith Barney website, you agree to all of the terms and conditions described in this Agreement, your
employment agreement with the Company and in the Plan, a copy of which is also attached. You acknowledge that you have carefully reviewed the Plan, and agree that the Plan will control in the event any provision of this Agreement is inconsistent
with the Plan. Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in your employment agreement with the Company, and have the meaning set forth in such agreement. 

Attachment 

This is not a stock certificate or a negotiable instrument. 

 SUNRISE SENIOR LIVING, INC. 

2008 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN, AS AMENDED 
 NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT 
  

			
	Non-Qualified Stock Option	  	This option is not intended to be an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code and will be interpreted accordingly.
		
	Vesting	  	 This option is only exercisable before it expires and then only with respect to the vested portion of the option. Subject to the
preceding sentence, you may exercise this option, in whole or in part, to purchase a whole number of vested shares, not less than 100 shares, unless the number of shares purchased is the total number available for purchase under the option, by
following the procedures set forth in the Plan and below in this Agreement.
  

Your right to purchase shares of Stock under this option vests as to one-third (1/3) of the total number of shares covered by this option, as shown on the
cover sheet, on each of the next three anniversaries of the Grant Date provided you then continue in Service. The resulting aggregate number of vested shares will be rounded to the nearest whole number, and you cannot vest in more than the number of
shares covered by this option.
  
 Service for purposes of this Agreement
shall be limited to Service as an employee of the Company or an Affiliate.

		
	Forfeiture of Unvested Option	  	Except as set forth below, in the event that your Service terminates for any reason, you will forfeit to the Company the portion of your option that has not yet vested or with
respect to which all applicable restrictions and conditions have not lapsed.
		
	Term	  	Your option will expire in any event at the close of business at Company headquarters on the 10th anniversary of the Grant Date, as shown on the cover sheet. Your option will
expire earlier if your Service terminates, as set forth in your employment agreement with the Company.
		
	Termination of Service	  	Notwithstanding the vesting schedule set forth above, vesting of your option shall accelerate as set forth in your employment agreement with the Company upon your termination of
Service under certain circumstances.
		
	Leaves of Absence	  	For purposes of this option, your Service does not terminate when you go on a bona fide employee leave of absence that was approved by the Company or an Affiliate in
writing, if the terms of the leave

  
 2 

					
		  	 provide for continued Service crediting, or when continued Service crediting is required by applicable law. However, your
Service will be treated as terminating 90 days after you went on employee leave, unless your right to return to active work is guaranteed by law or by a contract. Your Service terminates in any event when the approved leave ends unless you
immediately return to active employee work.
  
 The Company determines, in
its sole discretion, which leaves count for this purpose, and when your Service terminates for all purposes under the Plan.

		
	Notice of Exercise	  	 When you wish to exercise this option, you must notify the Company on any business day by filing the proper “Notice
of Exercise” form at the Company’s principal office. Your notice must specify how many shares you wish to purchase (in a parcel of at least 100 shares generally). Your notice must also specify how your shares of Stock should be registered
(e.g. in your name only or in your and your spouse’s names as joint tenants with right of survivorship). The notice will be effective when it is received by the Company.

 
 If someone else wants to exercise this option after your death, that person must
prove to the Company’s satisfaction that he or she is entitled to do so.

		
	Form of Payment	  	 When you submit your notice of exercise, you must include payment of the option price for the shares you are purchasing.
Payment may be made in one (or a combination) of the following forms:

			
		  	 •
	  	 Cash, your personal check, a cashier’s check, a money order or another cash equivalent acceptable to the
Company.

			
		  	 •
	  	 Shares of Stock which have already been owned by you and which are surrendered to the Company. The value of the shares, determined as of
the effective date of the option exercise, will be applied to the option price.

			
		  	 •
	  	 By delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a licensed securities broker acceptable to the Company
to sell Stock and to deliver all or part of the sale proceeds to the Company in payment of the aggregate option price and any withholding taxes.

		
	Withholding Taxes	  	You will not be allowed to exercise this option unless you make acceptable arrangements at the time of exercise to pay any

  
 3 

			
		  	withholding or other taxes that may be due as a result of the option exercise or sale of Stock acquired under this option. In the event that your employer determines that any
federal, state, or local tax or withholding payment is required relating to the exercise or sale of shares arising from this grant, your employer shall have the right to require such payments from you, or withhold such amounts from other payments
due to you. Subject to the prior approval of the Compensation Committee, which may be withheld by the Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion, you may elect to satisfy this withholding obligation, in whole or in part, by causing the Company
to withhold shares of Stock otherwise issuable to you or by delivering to the Company shares of Stock already owned by you. The shares of Stock so delivered or withheld must have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the withholding obligation and
may not be subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting, or other similar requirements.
		
	Change in Control	  	Notwithstanding the vesting schedule set forth above, upon the consummation of a Change in Control, this option will become 100% vested if it is not assumed, or an equivalent
option is not substituted for the option, by the Company or its successor.
		
	Transfer of Option	  	 During your lifetime, only you (or, in the event of your legal incapacity or incompetency, your guardian or legal representative) may
exercise the option. You cannot transfer or assign this option. For instance, you may not sell this option or use it as security for a loan. If you attempt to do any of these things, this option will immediately become invalid. You may, however,
dispose of this option in your will or it may be transferred upon your death by the laws of descent and distribution.
  
 Regardless of any marital property settlement agreement, the Company is not obligated to honor a notice of exercise from your spouse, nor is the Company obligated to recognize your spouse’s interest
in your option in any other way.

		
	Retention Rights	  	This Agreement does not give you the right to be retained or employed by the Company (or any of its Affiliates) in any capacity. The Company (and any Affiliate) reserve the right
to terminate your Service at any time and for any reason.

  
 4 

			
	Shareholder Rights	  	You, or your estate or heirs, have no rights as a shareholder of the Company until a certificate for any shares of Stock acquired by you on exercise of this option have been
issued to you (or an appropriate book entry has been made). Except as described in the Plan, no adjustments are made for dividends or other rights if the applicable record date occurs before your stock certificate is issued or an appropriate book
entry is made.
		
	Repurchase Rights	  	The Company has the right to reacquire any or all of the shares of Stock acquired pursuant to this option, within the two prior years, at a price equal to the option price paid
for such shares, (i) if you violate any agreement covering (a) non-competition with the Company or an Affiliate or (b) non-disclosure of confidential information of the Company or an Affiliate, (ii) if you are terminated for
Cause or (iii) if, subsequent to termination of your service with the Company or an Affiliate, the Board determines that you committed acts or omissions which would have been the basis for a termination of your service for Cause had such acts
or omissions been discovered prior to termination of your service. A notice of repurchase shall specify the date of closing of such repurchase, which shall be no later than 30 days from the date the Company exercises such right. In the event
any such repurchase right is exercised, you shall be obligated to sell such stock to the Company. If the shares of Stock have been sold prior to the Board’s determination, you shall be required to pay to the Company an amount equal to the gross
amount realized on such sale by you. This repurchase right is not considered a “repurchase” right for purposes of Section 18.3 of the Plan or this Agreement.
		
	Adjustments	  	In the event of a stock split, a stock dividend or a similar change in the Stock, the number of shares covered by this option and the option price per share shall be adjusted
(and rounded down to the nearest whole number) pursuant to the Plan. Your option shall be subject to the terms of the agreement of merger, liquidation or reorganization in the event the Company is subject to such corporate activity in accordance
with the terms of the Plan.
		
	Applicable Law	  	This Agreement will be interpreted and enforced under the laws of the State of Delaware, other than any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer
construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction.
		
	The Plan	  	 The text of the Plan is incorporated in this Agreement by reference.

 
 This Agreement, your employment agreement with the Company and the Plan constitute
the entire understanding between you and the Company regarding this option. Any prior agreements, commitments or negotiations concerning this option are superseded.

  
 5 

			
	Data Privacy	  	 In order to administer the Plan, the Company or any Affiliate may process personal data about you. Such data includes but is not
limited to the information provided in this Agreement and any changes thereto, other appropriate personal and financial data about you such as home address and business addresses and other contact information, payroll information and any other
information that might be deemed appropriate by the Company and any Affiliate to facilitate the administration of the Plan.
  
 By accepting this option, you give explicit consent to the Company and any Affiliate to process any such personal data. You also give explicit consent to the Company and any Affiliate to transfer any such
personal data outside the country in which you work or are employed, including, with respect to non-U.S. resident Optionees, to the United States, to transferees who shall include the Company, any Affiliate and other persons who are designated by
the Company to administer the Plan.

		
	Consent to Electronic Delivery	  	The Company may choose to deliver certain statutory materials relating to the Plan in electronic form. By accepting this option grant you agree that the Company may deliver the
Plan prospectus and the Company’s annual report to you in an electronic format. If at any time you would prefer to receive paper copies of these documents, as you are entitled to, the Company would be pleased to provide copies. Please contact
the General Counsel at (703) 273-7500 to request paper copies of these documents.
		
	Electronic Signature	  	All references to signatures and delivery of documents in this Agreement can be satisfied by procedures the Company has established or may establish for an electronic signature
system for delivery and acceptance of any such documents, including this Agreement. Your electronic signature is the same as, and shall have the same force and effect as, your manual signature. Any such procedures and delivery may be effected by a
third party engaged by the Company to provide administrative services related to the Plan.

  
 6Exhibit 4.1 -- Indenture

 Exhibit 4.1 

 
  

 
 PAETEC ESCROW CORPORATION,

 Company 
 and 
 THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., 

Trustee 
  

 
 Indenture

 Dated as of December 2, 2010 
  

 

9 
7/8% Senior Notes due 2018 
  

 
  

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 

 

			
	 TIA Sections
	  	Indenture Sections
	 §  310(a)(1)
	  	7.10
	 (a)(2)
	  	7.10
	 (b)
	  	7.03; 7.08
	 §  311(a)
	  	7.03
	 (b)
	  	7.03
	 §  312(a)
	  	2.04
	 (b)
	  	11.02
	 (c)
	  	11.02
	 §  313(a)
	  	7.06
	 (b)(2)
	  	7.07
	 (c)
	  	7.05; 7.06; 11.02
	 (d)
	  	7.06
	 §  314(a)
	  	4.17; 7.05; 11.02
	 (a)(1)
	  	6.02
	 (c)(1)
	  	11.03
	 (c)(2)
	  	11.03
	 (e)
	  	11.04
	 §  315(a)
	  	7.02
	 (b)
	  	7.02; 7.05; 11.02
	 (c)
	  	7.02
	 (d)
	  	7.02
	 (e)
	  	6.11
	 §  316(a)(1)(A)
	  	6.05
	 (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.04
	 (b)
	  	6.07
	 (c)
	  	9.03; 11.05
	 §  317(a)(1)
	  	6.08
	 (a)(2)
	  	6.09
	 (b)
	  	2.05
	 §  318(a)
	  	11.01
	 (c)
	  	11.01

 Note: The Cross-Reference Table shall not
for any purpose be deemed to be a part of this Indenture. 

 Table of Contents 

 

					
	 	  	Page	 
	 ARTICLE ONE DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
	  	 	1	  
		
	 Section 1.01 Definitions
	  	 	1	  
	 Section 1.02 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
	  	 	33	  
	 Section 1.03 Rules of Construction
	  	 	34	  
		
	 ARTICLE TWO THE NOTES
	  	 	34	  
		
	 Section 2.01 Form and Dating
	  	 	34	  
	 Section 2.02 Restrictive Legends
	  	 	36	  
	 Section 2.03 Execution, Authentication and Denominations
	  	 	37	  
	 Section 2.04 Registrar and Paying Agent
	  	 	38	  
	 Section 2.05 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
	  	 	39	  
	 Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange
	  	 	39	  
	 Section 2.07 Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes
	  	 	40	  
	 Section 2.08 Special Transfer Provisions
	  	 	42	  
	 Section 2.09 Replacement Notes
	  	 	45	  
	 Section 2.10 Outstanding Notes
	  	 	45	  
	 Section 2.11 Temporary Notes
	  	 	46	  
	 Section 2.12 Cancellation
	  	 	46	  
	 Section 2.13 CUSIP Numbers
	  	 	46	  
	 Section 2.14 Defaulted Interest
	  	 	46	  
	 Section 2.15 Issuance of Additional Notes
	  	 	46	  
		
	 ARTICLE THREE REDEMPTION
	  	 	47	  
		
	 Section 3.01 Right of Redemption
	  	 	47	  
	 Section 3.02 Notices to Trustee
	  	 	48	  
	 Section 3.03 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed
	  	 	48	  
	 Section 3.04 Notice of Redemption
	  	 	49	  
	 Section 3.05 Effect of Notice of Redemption
	  	 	49	  
	 Section 3.06 Deposit of Redemption Price
	  	 	50	  
	 Section 3.07 Payment of Notes Called for Redemption
	  	 	50	  
	 Section 3.08 Notes Redeemed in Part
	  	 	51	  
	 Section 3.09 Special Mandatory Redemption
	  	 	51	  
		
	 ARTICLE FOUR COVENANTS
	  	 	51	  
		
	 Section 4.01 Payment of Notes
	  	 	51	  
	 Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency
	  	 	51	  
	 Section 4.03 Limitation on Indebtedness
	  	 	52	  
	 Section 4.04 Limitation on Restricted Payments
	  	 	56	  
	 Section 4.05 Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	 	60	  

 Table of Contents 

(continued) 
  

					
	 	  	Page	 
	 Section 4.06 Limitation on the Issuance and Sale of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	 	62	  
	 Section 4.07 Limitation on Transactions With Affiliates
	  	 	63	  
	 Section 4.08 Limitation on Liens
	  	 	64	  
	 Section 4.09 Limitation on Sale-Leaseback Transactions
	  	 	65	  
	 Section 4.10 Limitation on Asset Sales
	  	 	65	  
	 Section 4.11 Repurchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control
	  	 	66	  
	 Section 4.12 Existence
	  	 	66	  
	 Section 4.13 Payment of Taxes and Other Claims
	  	 	67	  
	 Section 4.14 Maintenance of Properties and Insurance
	  	 	67	  
	 Section 4.15 Notice of Defaults
	  	 	67	  
	 Section 4.16 Compliance Certificates
	  	 	67	  
	 Section 4.17 SEC Reports and Reports to Holders
	  	 	68	  
	 Section 4.18 Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws
	  	 	69	  
	 Section 4.19 Future Subsidiary Guarantors
	  	 	69	  
	 Section 4.20 Activities of the Escrow Issuer Prior to the Assumption
	  	 	69	  
		
	 ARTICLE FIVE SUCCESSOR CORPORATION
	  	 	70	  
		
	 Section 5.01 Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets
	  	 	70	  
	 Section 5.02 Successor Substituted
	  	 	71	  
		
	 ARTICLE SIX DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
	  	 	71	  
		
	 Section 6.01 Events of Default
	  	 	71	  
	 Section 6.02 Acceleration
	  	 	73	  
	 Section 6.03 Other Remedies
	  	 	74	  
	 Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults
	  	 	74	  
	 Section 6.05 Control by Majority
	  	 	74	  
	 Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits
	  	 	74	  
	 Section 6.07 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment
	  	 	75	  
	 Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee
	  	 	75	  
	 Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	  	 	75	  
	 Section 6.10 Priorities
	  	 	76	  
	 Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs
	  	 	76	  
	 Section 6.12 Restoration of Rights and Remedies
	  	 	76	  
	 Section 6.13 Rights and Remedies Cumulative
	  	 	76	  
	 Section 6.14 Delay or Omission Not Waiver
	  	 	77	  
		
	 ARTICLE SEVEN TRUSTEE
	  	 	77	  
		
	 Section 7.01 General
	  	 	77	  
	 Section 7.02 Certain Rights of Trustee
	  	 	77	  
	 Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee
	  	 	78	  
	 Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer
	  	 	79	  

  
 (ii)

 Table of Contents 

(continued) 
  

					
	 	  	Page	 
	 Section 7.05 Notice of Default
	  	 	79	  
	 Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders
	  	 	79	  
	 Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity
	  	 	79	  
	 Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee
	  	 	80	  
	 Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.
	  	 	81	  
	 Section 7.10 Eligibility
	  	 	81	  
	 Section 7.11 Money Held in Trust
	  	 	81	  
		
	 ARTICLE EIGHT DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE
	  	 	82	  
		
	 Section 8.01 Termination of Company’s Obligations
	  	 	82	  
	 Section 8.02 Defeasance and Discharge of Indenture
	  	 	83	  
	 Section 8.03 Defeasance of Certain Obligations
	  	 	85	  
	 Section 8.04 Application of Trust Money
	  	 	86	  
	 Section 8.05 Repayment to Company
	  	 	86	  
	 Section 8.06 Reinstatement
	  	 	86	  
		
	 ARTICLE NINE AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS
	  	 	87	  
		
	 Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders
	  	 	87	  
	 Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders
	  	 	87	  
	 Section 9.03 Revocation and Effect of Consent
	  	 	89	  
	 Section 9.04 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	  	 	89	  
	 Section 9.05 Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc.
	  	 	89	  
	 Section 9.06 Conformity with Trust Indenture Act
	  	 	90	  
		
	 ARTICLE TEN SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES
	  	 	90	  
		
	 Section 10.01 Subsidiary Guarantees
	  	 	90	  
	 Section 10.02 Limitation on Subsidiary Guarantor Liability
	  	 	91	  
	 Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantees
	  	 	91	  
	 Section 10.04 Release of Subsidiary Guarantor
	  	 	92	  
	 Section 10.05 Subsidiary Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms
	  	 	92	  
		
	 ARTICLE ELEVEN MISCELLANEOUS
	  	 	93	  
		
	 Section 11.01 Trust Indenture Act of 1939
	  	 	93	  
	 Section 11.02 Notices
	  	 	93	  
	 Section 11.03 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	  	 	94	  
	 Section 11.04 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	  	 	94	  
	 Section 11.05 Acts of Holders
	  	 	95	  
	 Section 11.06 Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent or Registrar
	  	 	95	  
	 Section 11.07 Payment Date Other Than a Business Day
	  	 	95	  
	 Section 11.08 GOVERNING LAW
	  	 	96	  
	 Section 11.09 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
	  	 	96	  

  
 (iii)

 Table of Contents 

(continued) 
  

					
	 	  	Page	 
	 Section 11.10 No Recourse Against Others
	  	 	96	  
	 Section 11.11 Successors
	  	 	96	  
	 Section 11.12 Duplicate Originals
	  	 	96	  
	 Section 11.13 Separability
	  	 	96	  
	 Section 11.14 Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.
	  	 	96	  
	 Section 11.15 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
	  	 	97	  
	 Section 11.16 Force Majeure
	  	 	97	  
		
	 ARTICLE TWELVE ASSUMPTION
	  	 	97	  
		
	 Section 12.01 Assumption
	  	 	97	  

 EXHIBITS 

 

					
	EXHIBIT A	  	—    	  	Form of Note
	EXHIBIT B	  	—    	  	Form of Certificate to Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to Non-QIB Accredited Investors
	EXHIBIT C	  	—    	  	Form of Certificate to Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S
	EXHIBIT D	  	—    	  	Form of Assumption Supplemental Indenture

  
 (iv)

 INDENTURE, dated as of December 2, 2010, among PAETEC Escrow Corporation, a Delaware
corporation (the “Escrow Issuer” or the “Company”; provided, however, that, for purposes of this Indenture, prior to the effectiveness of the Assumption (as defined herein), the references to the
“Company” in this Indenture refer only to the Escrow Issuer and, from and after the effectiveness of the Assumption, the references to the “Company” in this Indenture refer only to PAETEC Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation),
and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”). 
 RECITALS 

The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance initially of
up to $450.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 9 7/8% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”) issuable as provided in this Indenture. All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms,
have been done, and the Company has done all things necessary to make the Notes, when executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee hereunder and duly issued by the Company, valid obligations of the Company as hereinafter
provided. 
 AND THIS INDENTURE FURTHER WITNESSETH 

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for
the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders, as follows. 
 ARTICLE ONE 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
 Section 1.01 Definitions. 
 “Acquired Indebtedness”
means Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or assumed in connection with an Asset Acquisition by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and not Incurred in connection with, or in anticipation of,
such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such Asset Acquisition; provided, however, that Indebtedness of such Person which is redeemed, defeased, retired or otherwise repaid at the time of or immediately upon consummation of the
transactions by which such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or such Asset Acquisition shall not be Acquired Indebtedness. 

“Acquisition” means the acquisition of Cavalier Telephone Corporation and its subsidiaries pursuant to the Acquisition
Agreement. 
 “Acquisition Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 12,
2010, as amended from time to time, by and among PAETEC Holding Corp., Cairo Acquisition Corp., Cavalier Telephone Corporation and M/C Venture Partners V, L.P., as Stockholder Representative. 

 “Additional Interest” means any additional interest on the Notes that shall
be due and payable pursuant to (i) the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement or (ii) Section 6.02(c). 
 “Additional Notes” means any Notes issued by the Company from time to time, in compliance with Sections 2.15 and 4.03. 

“Adjusted Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, aggregate net income (or loss) of any Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined in conformity with GAAP; provided, however, that the following items shall be excluded in computing Adjusted Consolidated Net Income (without duplication): 

(1) the net income (or loss) of any other Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except (A) with respect to net
income, to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries by such other Person during such period and (B) with respect to net losses, to the extent of the amount
of Investments made by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such other Person during such period; 
 (2) solely for the purposes of calculating the amount of Restricted Payments that may be made pursuant to clause (C) of Section 4.04(a) (and in such case, except to the extent
includable pursuant to clause (1) above), the net income (or loss) of any other Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
or all or substantially all of the property and assets of such other Person are acquired by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (3) the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Subsidiary Guarantor) to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of
such net income is not at the time permitted by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary; 

(4) any gains or losses (on an after-tax basis) attributable to Asset Sales; 

(5) solely for purposes of calculating the amount of Restricted Payments that may be made pursuant to clause
(C) of Section 4.04(a), any amount paid or accrued as dividends (other than dividends to the extent paid or payable in shares of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such Person) on Preferred Stock of such Person or
any Restricted Subsidiary owned by Persons other than such Person and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (6)
all extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring gains and losses; and 
 (7) any compensation expense paid or payable
solely with Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such Person or any options, warrants or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock). 

  
 -2-

 “Affiliate” means, as applied to any Person, any other Person directly or
indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled
by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership
of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. 
 “Agent” means any Registrar, co-Registrar, Paying Agent,
authenticating agent or agent for service of notices and demands. 
 “Agent Members” has the meaning provided
in Section 2.07(a). 
 “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any applicable
Redemption Date, the greater of: 
 (1) 1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Note; and

 (2) the excess of: 
 (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the Redemption Price of such Note at December 1, 2014 (as such Redemption Price is set forth in the table in Section 3.01(b))
plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note, through December 1, 2014 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points;
over 
 (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Note. 

“Asset Acquisition” means: 
 (1) an investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary or shall be merged into or consolidated with the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Person’s primary business is related, ancillary or complementary to the Company’s businesses and those of the Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such
investment; or 
 (2) an acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the property and assets of
any Person other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that constitute substantially all of a division or line of business of such Person; provided, however, that the property and assets acquired are related, ancillary or
complementary to the Company’s businesses and those of the Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such acquisition. 

  
 -3-

 “Asset Disposition” means the sale or other disposition by the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary (other than to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) of: 
 (1) all or
substantially all of the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary; or 
 (2) all or substantially all of the
assets that constitute a division or line of business of the Company or any of the other Restricted Subsidiaries. 

“Asset Sale” means any sale, transfer or other disposition (including by way of merger, consolidation or sale-leaseback
transaction) in one transaction or a series of related transactions by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Person other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of: 

(1) all or any of the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, except to the extent permitted pursuant to clause
(5) of Section 4.06; 
 (2) all or substantially all of the property and assets of an
operating unit or business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or 
 (3) any other property and assets
(other than the Capital Stock or other Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary outside the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary and, in each case, that is not governed
by the provisions of Article Five; provided, however, that “Asset Sale” shall not include: 
 (A) sales or other dispositions of inventory, receivables and other current assets; 
 (B) sales, transfers or other dispositions of assets constituting a Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 4.04; 

(C) sales, transfers or other dispositions of assets with a fair market value not in excess of $20 million in any
transaction or series of related transactions; 
 (D) the sale, transfer or other disposition of the Capital
Stock of ExtreamTV, LLC and assets related thereto; 
 (E) sales or other dispositions of assets for
consideration at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold or disposed of, to the extent that the consideration received would constitute property, assets or securities of the kind described in clause (B) of
Section 4.10(b); or 
 (F) the Escrow Transactions. 

“Assumption” means the transactions pursuant to which PAETEC Holding Corp. shall unconditionally assume all of the
obligations and agreements of the Escrow Issuer in respect of the Notes and under this Indenture and the Closing Date Registration Rights Agreement and, in connection therewith, from and after the effectiveness of such assumption, shall be the
“Company” for all purposes of the Notes and this Indenture. 

  
 -4-

 “Assumption Supplemental Indenture” means the supplemental indenture among
the Escrow Issuer, PAETEC Holding Corp. and the Trustee substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit D pursuant to which the Assumption shall be effectuated as provided in Section 12.01. 

“Attributable Debt” means Indebtedness deemed to be Incurred in respect of a sale-leaseback transaction, which will be,
at the date of determination, the present value (discounted at the actual rate of interest implicit in such transaction, compounded semi-annually) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease
included in such sale-leaseback transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended). 
 “Average Life” means, at any date of determination with respect to any Indebtedness, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of (A) the number of years
from such date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness and (B) the amount of such principal payment by (2) the sum of all such principal payments. 

“Benefit Plan Exchange Offer” means any transaction in which the Company acquires and/or retires Equity Plan Securities
in exchange for other Equity Plan Securities. 
 “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the
Company or the Board of Directors, the Board of Managers or similar governing body of any Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable. 

“Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or
any Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the
Trustee. 
 “Business Day” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in
The City of New York, or in the city of the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, are authorized by law to close. 

“Capital Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents
(however designated, whether voting or non-voting) in equity of such Person, whether outstanding on the Closing Date or issued thereafter, including, without limitation, all Common Stock and Preferred Stock. 

“Capitalized Lease” means, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) of
which the discounted present value of the rental obligations of such Person as lessee, in conformity with GAAP, is required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of such Person. 

“Capitalized Lease Obligations” means the discounted present value of the rental obligations under a Capitalized Lease.

  
 -5-

 “Change of Control” means such time as: 

(1) a “Person” or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act),
other than the Existing Stockholders, has become the ultimate “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Company’s Voting Stock, on a Fully Diluted Basis;

 (2) individuals who on the Closing Date constitute the Board of Directors of the Company (together with any
new Directors whose election by such Board of Directors or whose nomination by such Board of Directors for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the members of such Board of Directors then in
office who either were members of such Board of Directors on the Closing Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the members of such Board of Directors then in
office; 
 (3) the Company consolidates with, or merges with or into, any Person, or any Person consolidates
with, or merges with or into, the Company, other than any such transaction in which the holders of securities that represented 100% of the Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to such transaction (or other securities into which such
securities are converted as part of such merger or consolidation transaction) own directly or indirectly at least a majority of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation transaction immediately
after such transaction; 
 (4) any direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition
(other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any “Person” or
“group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act); 
 (5) the adoption by
the Company’s stockholders of a plan or proposal for the liquidation, winding up or dissolution of the Company; or 
 (6) after the occurrence of a Parent Transaction, the first day on which Parent ceases to be the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of 100% of the outstanding
Capital Stock of the Company. 
 Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, neither the Assumption, or the occurrence of any of the
events referred to in clauses (1) through (5) above with respect to the Escrow Issuer in connection with the Assumption, nor a Parent Transaction shall constitute a Change of Control. 

“Closing Date” means December 2, 2010. 
 “Closing Date Credit Agreement” means the credit facilities existing or authorized under the Credit Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2007, as amended as of the Closing Date, among
the Company, the lenders party thereto from time to time, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Administrative Agent, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as Syndication Agent, and CIT Lending Services Corporation, as
Documentation Agent. 

  
 -6-

 “Closing Date Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights
Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by and among the Escrow Issuer and the Initial Purchasers and, upon execution and delivery of the Registration Rights Agreement Joinder, PAETEC Holding Corp. and the Subsidiary Guarantors parties thereto.

 “Common Stock” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s equity other than Preferred Stock of
such Person, whether outstanding on the Closing Date or issued thereafter, including, without limitation, all series and classes of such common stock, including any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated,
whether voting or non-voting) thereof. 
 “Company” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of
this Indenture until a successor replaces it pursuant to Article Five and thereafter means such successor. 

“Company Order” means a written request or order signed in the name of the Company (i) by its Chairman, a Vice
Chairman, its Chief Executive Officer, its President or a Vice President and (ii) by its Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and delivered to the Trustee; provided, however, that such written
request or order may be signed by any two of the officers or directors listed in clause (i) above in lieu of being signed by one of such officers or directors listed in such clause (i) and one of the officers
listed in clause (ii) above. 
 “Conditions Precedent Date” has the meaning provided in
Section 3.09. 
 “Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period and with respect to any Person,
Adjusted Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, to the extent such amount was deducted in calculating such Adjusted Consolidated Net Income: 

(A) Consolidated Interest Expense; 

(B) income taxes (other than income taxes (either positive or negative) attributable to extraordinary and non-recurring
gains or losses or sales of assets); 
 (C) depreciation expense; 

(D) amortization expense; and 
 (E) all other non-cash items reducing Adjusted Consolidated Net Income (other than items that will require cash payments and for which an accrual or reserve is, or is required by GAAP to be, made), less
all non-cash items increasing Adjusted Consolidated Net Income; 
 in each case as determined on a consolidated basis for such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries in conformity with GAAP. 

  
 -7-

 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period and with respect to
any Person, the aggregate amount of interest in respect of Indebtedness, including, without limitation, (i) amortization of original issue discount on any Indebtedness and the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation, calculated in
accordance with the effective interest method of accounting; (ii) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing; (iii) the net costs associated with
Interest Rate Agreements; (iv) interest on Indebtedness that is Guaranteed or secured by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (v) the interest component of rentals in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations; and
(vi) dividends on Disqualified Stock, in each case that is paid, accrued or scheduled to be paid or to be accrued by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period; excluding, however, 

(1) in calculating Consolidated EBITDA, any amount of such interest of any Restricted Subsidiary if the net income of such
Restricted Subsidiary is excluded in the calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause (3) of the definition thereof (but only in the same proportion as the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary is excluded from
the calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause (3) of the definition thereof); and 
 (2) any premiums, fees and expenses (and any amortization thereof) payable in connection with the offering of the Notes; 
 in each case as determined on a consolidated basis for such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries in conformity with GAAP. 
 “Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, on any Transaction Date and with respect to any Person, the ratio of: 

(1) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis
outstanding on such Transaction Date to: 
 (2) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA for such Person and
its Restricted Subsidiaries for the then most recent four fiscal quarters for which such Person’s financial statements have been filed with the SEC or provided to the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.17 (such four fiscal quarter period
being the “Four Quarter Period”); provided, that in making the foregoing calculation: 

(A) pro forma effect shall be given to any Indebtedness to be Incurred or repaid on the Transaction Date; 

(B) pro forma effect shall be given to Asset Dispositions and Asset Acquisitions (including giving pro forma effect to the
application of proceeds of any Asset Disposition) that occur from the beginning of the Four Quarter Period through the Transaction Date (the “Reference Period”), as if they had occurred and such proceeds had been applied on the
first day of such Reference Period; and 

  
 -8-

 (C) pro forma effect shall be given to asset dispositions and asset
acquisitions (including giving pro forma effect to the application of proceeds of any asset disposition) that have been made by any Person that has become a Restricted Subsidiary or has been merged with or into such Person or any Restricted
Subsidiary during such Reference Period and that would have constituted Asset Dispositions or Asset Acquisitions had such transactions occurred when such Person was a Restricted Subsidiary as if such asset dispositions or asset acquisitions were
Asset Dispositions or Asset Acquisitions that occurred on the first day of such Reference Period; 
 provided that to the extent that
clause (B) or (C) of this definition requires that pro forma effect be given to an Asset Acquisition or Asset Disposition, such pro forma calculation shall be based upon the four full fiscal quarters immediately preceding the
Transaction Date of the Person, or division or line of business of the Person, that is acquired or disposed of for which financial information is available. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable
determination of a responsible financial officer of the Company as set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, to reflect operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies resulting from the action being given pro forma
effect (including, without limitation, the Acquisition) that have been realized or for which substantially all the steps necessary for realization have been taken or, at the time of determination, are reasonably expected to be taken within 12 months
immediately following any such action. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Non-Recourse Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred
pursuant to clause (8) of Section 4.03(b) shall not be deemed Indebtedness for purposes of the definition of Consolidated Leverage Ratio. 
 The Four Quarter Period may include fiscal quarters of the applicable Person that ended, and Asset Acquisitions and Asset Dispositions by such Person that were consummated, before the date of this
Indenture. 
 “Corporate Trust Office” means the designated office of the Trustee at which
the corporate trust business of the Trustee shall, at any particular time, be administered, which office is, at the date of this Indenture, located at 525 William Penn Place, 38th Floor, Pittsburgh, PA 15259, Attn: Corporate Trust Administration. 

“Credit Agreements” means (i) the Closing Date Credit Agreement and (ii) any and all other credit agreements,
vendor financings, or similar facilities or other evidences of indebtedness of the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary for the Incurrence of Indebtedness, including letters of credit, bankers acceptances and any related notes, Guarantees,
collateral and security documents, indentures, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, in each case as the same may be amended, extended, renewed, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified (in whole or in part, and
without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time, and any agreement (and related document) governing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance or otherwise replace, in whole or in part, the borrowings
and commitments then outstanding or permitted to be outstanding under any such Credit Agreement or a successor Credit Agreement. 
 “Currency Agreement” means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement. 

  
 -9-

 “Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or
both would be, an Event of Default. 
 “Depositary” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees, and their
respective successors. 
 “Director” means a member of the Board of Directors of the Company or any Subsidiary
Guarantor, as applicable. 
 “Disqualified Stock” means any class or series of Capital Stock of any Person that
by its terms or otherwise is: 
 (1) required to be redeemed prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes;

 (2) redeemable at the option of the holder of such class or series of Capital Stock at any time prior to the
Stated Maturity of the Notes; or 
 (3) convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock referred to in
clause (1) or (2) above or into or for Indebtedness having a scheduled maturity prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes; 
 provided, however, that any Capital Stock that would not constitute Disqualified Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof the right to require such Person to repurchase or
redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of an “asset sale,” “change of control” or similar event occurring prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the provisions relating to such
“asset sale,” “change of control” or similar event applicable to such Capital Stock are no more favorable to the holders of such Capital Stock than the provisions contained in Section 4.10 and Section 4.11
and such Capital Stock, or the agreements or instruments governing the repurchase or redemption rights thereof, specifically provide that such Person will not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provision prior to the
Company’s repurchase of such Notes as are required to be repurchased pursuant to Section 4.10 and Section 4.11. 
 “Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary other than (i) a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) a Subsidiary of a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary.

 “Equity Offering” means an offering of Common Stock of the Company or Parent for cash pursuant to an
effective registration statement under the Securities Act or an exemption from the registration requirements contained therein. 

“Equity Plan” means any stock option, restricted stock, stock incentive, employee stock purchase, deferred compensation,
profit sharing, defined benefit, defined contribution or other benefit plan of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and the related award agreements under each such plan. 
 “Equity Plan Securities” means any Capital Stock of the Company and options, warrants and other rights to acquire Capital Stock of the Company awarded, granted, sold or issued pursuant to
any Equity Plan. 

  
 -10-

 “Escrow Account” means the “Pledged Account” as defined in the
Escrow Agreement. 
 “Escrow Agreement” means the Escrow and Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date,
by and among the Escrow Issuer, the Trustee and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as escrow agent. 

“Escrow Conditions” means the following conditions: 

(1) all conditions precedent (other than the payment of consideration) to the consummation of the Acquisition (including
the receipt of all governmental and regulatory approvals or consents necessary in connection with the Acquisition) have been satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Agreement; 

(2) the Acquisition shall be consummated concurrently with the release of all funds on deposit in or credited to the
Escrow Account and on substantially the terms described in the Final Offering Memorandum; 
 (3) all funds on
deposit in or credited to the Escrow Agreement shall be applied in the manner described under the caption “Use of Proceeds” in the Final Offering Memorandum; 

(4) the Assumption shall be consummated and PAETEC Holding Corp., as the successor obligor in respect of the Notes, shall
assume all of the obligations and agreements of the Escrow Issuer in respect of the Notes and under this Indenture as provided in Section 12.01; 
 (5) concurrently with the consummation of the Assumption, the Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries of PAETEC Holding Corp. that are eligible to be Subsidiary Guarantors under the definition of
“Subsidiary Guarantor” shall guarantee the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture as Subsidiary Guarantors; and 
 (6) no Event of Default specified in clause (7) or (8) of Section 6.01 shall have occurred and be continuing or result therefrom. 

“Escrow Investments” means Investments on deposit in the Escrow Account or credited thereto. 

“Escrow Redemption Date” means a date that is no later than five Business Days after the Conditions Precedent Date.

 “Escrow Redemption Price” means a redemption price equal to $435,033,000, plus accrued and unpaid interest
on the Notes from the Closing Date to, but excluding, the Escrow Redemption Date. 
 “Escrow Transactions”
means the Assumption, the addition of Guarantees under the Indenture in connection with the Assumption, and each other transaction contemplated by the Escrow Agreement. 

  
 -11-

 “Excess Proceeds” has the meaning provided in Section 4.10(b).

 “Exchange Act” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

“Exchange Notes” means the Notes issued in exchange for the Notes issued on the Closing Date or in exchange for any
Additional Notes issued after the Closing Date, in each case pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement and this Indenture. 

“Existing Indebtedness” means the Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries in existence on the Closing Date.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, any Guarantees by the Escrow Issuer, entered into in connection with the Assumption and the other Escrow Transactions, of Indebtedness of PAETEC Holding Corp. under (i) the indenture
governing the Secured Notes, (ii) the indenture governing the 9.5% senior notes due 2015 issued by PAETEC Holding Corp. and (iii) the Closing Date Credit Agreement shall constitute “Existing Indebtedness” under this Indenture.

 “Existing Stockholders” means one or more of Arunas A. Chesonis and his Affiliates. 

“fair market value” means the price that would be paid in an arm’s-length transaction between an informed and
willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to buy, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive if evidenced by a Board Resolution. 

“Final Offering Memorandum” means that certain offering memorandum, dated November 19, 2010, of the Escrow Issuer
used in connection with the offering of the Notes. 
 “Foreign Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted
Subsidiary which is not organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia. 
 “Four Quarter Period” has the meaning provided in the definition of Consolidated Leverage Ratio. 
 “Fully Diluted Basis” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of (x) the number of shares of Voting Stock outstanding as of such date of determination plus
(y) the number of shares of Voting Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of all then-outstanding warrants, options, convertible Capital Stock or indebtedness, exchangeable Capital Stock or indebtedness, or other rights
exercisable for or convertible or exchangeable into, directly or indirectly, shares of Voting Stock, whether at the time of issue or upon the passage of time or upon the occurrence of some future event, and whether or not in the money as of such
date of determination. 
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America
as in effect as of July 10, 2007, including, without limitation, those set forth in (i) the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, (ii) statements and
pronouncements of the Financial Accounting 

  
 -12-

 
Standards Board, (iii) such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession and (iv) the rules and regulations of the SEC
governing the inclusion of financial statements (including pro forma financial statements) in periodic reports required to be filed pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act, including opinions and pronouncement in SEC staff accounting
bulletins and similar written statements from the accounting staff of the SEC. All ratios and computations contained or referred to in this Indenture shall be computed in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, except that calculations
made for purposes of determining compliance with the terms of the covenants and with other provisions of this Indenture shall be made without giving effect to (1) the amortization of any expenses incurred in connection with the offering of the
Notes and (2) except as otherwise provided, the amortization of any amounts required or permitted by Statement Nos. 141 and 142 of the Financial Accounting Standards Board. 

“Global Notes” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01. 

“Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any
Indebtedness of any other Person and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person 

(1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person
(whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services (unless such purchase arrangements are on arm’s-length terms and are entered into in the ordinary course of
business), to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or 
 (2) entered into
for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not
include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. 
 The term “Guarantee” used as a
verb has a corresponding meaning. 
 “Holder” or “Noteholder” means the registered holder of
any Note. 
 “Incur” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, to incur, create, issue, assume, Guarantee or
otherwise become liable for or with respect to, or become responsible for, the payment of, contingently or otherwise, such Indebtedness, including an “Incurrence” of Acquired Indebtedness; provided, however, that neither the
accrual of interest nor the accretion of original issue discount shall be considered an Incurrence of Indebtedness. 

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person at any date of determination (without duplication): 

(1) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money; 

  
 -13-

 (2) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of obligations of such
Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments; 
 (3) all obligations of such Person
in respect of letters of credit or other similar instruments (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto, but excluding obligations with respect to letters of credit (including trade letters of credit) securing obligations (other than
obligations described in clause (1) or (2) above or clause (5), (6) or (7) below) entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such letters of credit are not
drawn upon or, if drawn upon, to the extent such drawing is reimbursed no later than the third Business Day following receipt by such Person of a demand for reimbursement); 

(4) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property or services, which purchase
price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery and title thereto or the completion of such services, except Trade Payables; 

(5) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person; 

(6) all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is
assumed by such Person; provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness shall be the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination and (B) the amount of such Indebtedness; 

(7) all Indebtedness of other Persons Guaranteed by such Person to the extent such Indebtedness is Guaranteed by such
Person; 
 (8) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, obligations under Currency Agreements and
Interest Rate Agreements; and 
 (9) the maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price of Disqualified Stock,
exclusive of accrued dividends, of such Person at the time of determination. 
 The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any
date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation,
provided that the amount outstanding at any time of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount is the face amount of such Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Indebtedness at the
time of its issuance as determined in conformity with GAAP. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following will not constitute
Indebtedness: 
 (A) any obligation in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations,
bankers’ acceptances, security or performance cash deposits, performance bonds, completion bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds and surety bonds or other similar bonds or obligations, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business, and any
Guarantees or letters of credit functioning as or supporting any of the foregoing; 

  
 -14-

 (B) any obligation consisting of (i) the financing of insurance
premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (C) cash management or similar treasury or custodial arrangements; 

(D) any indebtedness that has been defeased in accordance with GAAP or defeased pursuant to the deposit of cash or cash
equivalents (in an amount sufficient to satisfy all obligations, relating thereto at maturity or redemption, as applicable, including all payments of interest and premium, if any) in a trust or account created or pledged for the sole benefit of the
holders of such indebtedness, and subject to no other Liens, and in accordance with the other applicable terms of the instrument governing such indebtedness; 
 (E) any obligation arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution or a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business;
provided that such obligation is extinguished within five Business Days after its incurrence; 
 (F) money
borrowed and set aside at the time of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness in order to prefund the payment of the interest on such Indebtedness, so long as such money is held to secure the payment of such interest; and 

(G) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes. 

“Indemnified Party” has the meaning provided in Section 7.07. 

“Indenture” means this Indenture as originally executed or as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time by one
or more indentures supplemental to this Indenture entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 

“Initial Purchasers” means Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated,
Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated. 
 “Institutional Accredited
Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501(a)(l), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act. 

“Interest Payment Date” means each semi-annual interest payment date on June 1 and December 1 of each year,
commencing on June 1, 2011. 
 “Interest Rate Agreement” means any interest rate protection agreement,
interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement, option or future contract or other similar agreement or
arrangement. 
 “Investment” in any Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extension of
credit (including, without limitation, by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement but excluding advances to customers in the ordinary course of business that are, in conformity 

  
 -15-

 
with GAAP, recorded as accounts receivable on the Company’s balance sheet or those of any Restricted Subsidiary) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other
property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other similar instruments issued by, such Person and shall include:

 (1) the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and 

(2) the fair market value of the Capital Stock (or any other Investment) held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary,
of (or in) any Person that has ceased to be a Restricted Subsidiary, including, without limitation, by reason of any transaction permitted by clause (3) of Section 4.06; provided that the fair market value of the
Investment remaining in any Person that has ceased to be a Restricted Subsidiary shall not exceed the aggregate amount of Investments previously made in such Person valued at the time such Investments were made less the net reduction of such
Investments. 
 For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.04: 

(1) “Investment” shall include the fair market value of the assets (net of liabilities (other than
liabilities to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary)) of any Restricted Subsidiary at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; 

(2) the fair market value of the assets (net of liabilities (other than liabilities to the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary)) of any Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time that such Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary shall be considered a reduction in outstanding Investments; and 

(3) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of
such transfer. 
 “Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind
(including without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof or any agreement to give any security interest). 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service Inc. and its successors. 
 “Mortgage Subsidiary” means the Restricted Subsidiary that Incurs Non-Recourse Indebtedness pursuant to clause (8) of Section 4.03(b). 

“Net Cash Proceeds” means, 
 (1) with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds of such Asset Sale in the form of cash or cash equivalents, including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations (to the extent corresponding to
the principal, but not interest, component thereof) when received in the form of cash or cash equivalents (except to the extent such obligations are financed or sold with recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) and proceeds from the
conversion of other property received when converted to cash or cash equivalents, net of 
 (A) brokerage
commissions and other fees and expenses (including fees and expenses of counsel, accountants, consultants and investment bankers) related to such Asset Sale, 

  
 -16-

 (B) provisions for all taxes (whether or not such taxes will actually be
paid or are payable) as a result of such Asset Sale without regard to the consolidated results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, 

(C) payments made to repay Indebtedness or any other obligation outstanding at the time of such Asset Sale that either
(i) is secured by a Lien on the property or assets sold or (ii) is required to be paid as a result of such sale, and 
 (D) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as a reserve against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other
post employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale, all as determined in conformity with GAAP; and 

(2) with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, the proceeds of such issuance or sale in the form of cash or
cash equivalents, including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations (to the extent corresponding to the principal, but not interest, component thereof) when received in the form of cash or cash equivalents (except to the extent such
obligations are financed or sold with recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) and proceeds from the conversion of other property received when converted to cash or cash equivalents, net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees,
underwriters’ or initial purchasers’ fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof. 

“Non-Recourse Indebtedness” means Indebtedness: 

(1) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind
(including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) other than a Lien on the Company’s headquarters buildings and related real and personal property and other than “carve outs” guarantees and
environmental indemnities in respect of Non-Recourse Indebtedness, in each case on customary and commercially reasonable terms, it being understood that the Investments contemplated by clause (9) of the definition of “Permitted
Investments” shall not constitute credit support so long as neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has agreed with (or for the benefit of) the lender or holder of the Non-Recourse Indebtedness to make such Investments except
pursuant to a lease of the headquarters buildings and related real and personal property by the Mortgage Subsidiary to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, such “carve outs” guarantees or such environmental indemnities or
(b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise; 

  
 -17-

 (2) the terms of which do not provide for a cross-default or
cross-acceleration to any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Mortgage Subsidiary); and 
 (3) as to which the explicit terms provide that there is no recourse against any of the assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than recourse against the Company’s
headquarters buildings and related real and personal property. 
 “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a
“U.S. person,” as defined in Regulation S. 
 “Notes” means any of the securities, as defined in the
first paragraph of the recitals hereof, that are authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “Notes” shall include the Notes initially issued on the Closing Date and any other Notes,
including Exchange Notes and any Additional Notes, issued after the Closing Date under this Indenture. For purposes of this Indenture, all Notes shall vote together as one series of Notes under this Indenture. 

“Obligor” means a Person obligated as an issuer or guarantor of the Notes. 

“Offer to Purchase” means an offer to purchase Notes by the Company from the Holders commenced by mailing a notice to
the Trustee and each Holder stating: 
 (1) the covenant pursuant to which the offer is being made and that all
Notes validly tendered will be accepted for payment on a pro rata basis; 
 (2) the purchase price and the date
of purchase (which shall be a Business Day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed) (the “Payment Date”); 

(3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest pursuant to its terms; 

(4) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the purchase price, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the
Offer to Purchase shall cease to accrue interest on and after the Payment Date; 
 (5) that Holders electing to
have a Note purchased pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will be required to surrender the Note, together with the form entitled “Option of the Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse side of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the
address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Payment Date; 

  
 -18-

 (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying
Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the third Business Day immediately preceding the Payment Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for
purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Notes purchased; 
 (7) that
Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; provided, however, that each Note purchased and each new Note issued shall be
in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof; and 
 (8) in the event of an Offer to Purchase
as a result of the occurrence of a Change of Control exclusively, the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control, including information with respect to pro forma historical income, cash flow and capitalization, after giving
effect to such Change of Control. 
 On the Payment Date, the Company shall: 

(A) accept for payment on a pro rata basis Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to an Offer to Purchase;

 (B) deposit with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the purchase price of all Notes or portions thereof
so accepted; and 
 (C) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee all Notes or portions thereof so
accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate specifying the Notes or portions thereof accepted for payment by the Company. 
 The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to the Holders of Notes so accepted payment in an amount equal to the purchase price, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail to such Holders a new Note
equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided, however, that each Note purchased and each new Note issued shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. The Company
will publicly announce the results of an Offer to Purchase as soon as practicable after the Payment Date. The Trustee shall act as the Paying Agent for an Offer to Purchase. The Company will comply with Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any
other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable, in the event that the Company is required to repurchase Notes pursuant to an Offer to Purchase. 

“Officer” means, with respect to the Company, (i) the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the
President, any Vice President or the Chief Financial Officer, and (ii) the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary. 
 “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by one Officer listed in clause (i) of the definition thereof and one Officer listed in clause (ii) of the
definition thereof or two Officers listed in clause (i) of the definition thereof. Each Officers’ Certificate (other than certificates provided pursuant to TIA Section 314(a)(4)) shall include the statements provided for in
Section 11.04. 

  
 -19-

 “Offshore Global Note” has the meaning provided in
Section 2.01. 
 “Offshore Physical Note” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01.

 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion signed by legal counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel
to the Company, that meets the requirements of Section 11.04. 
 “Parent” means any Person that as
a result of and after a Parent Transaction is the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock of the Company. 

“Parent Transaction” means a transaction, whether by merger, contribution, capitalization or otherwise, pursuant to
which the Company becomes a wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent; provided that all of the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company immediately prior to such transaction (other than any Restricted Subsidiary participating in such transaction that
ceases to exist upon the consummation of such transaction) shall remain Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company immediately after such transaction and the “beneficial owners” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of the Capital
Stock of the Company immediately prior to such transaction shall be the “beneficial owners” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of the Capital Stock of Parent in substantially the same proportion immediately after such
transaction. 
 “Paying Agent” has the meaning provided in Section 2.04, except that, for the
purposes of Article Eight, the Paying Agent shall not be the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or an Affiliate of any of them. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional Paying Agent. 

“Payment Date” has the meaning provided in the definition of Offer to Purchase. 

“Permitted Investment” means 
 (1) an Investment in the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than the Mortgage Subsidiary) or a Person which will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary
or be merged or consolidated with or into, or transfer or convey all or substantially all its assets to, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Mortgage Subsidiary); provided, however, that such Person’s primary
business is related, ancillary or complementary to the businesses of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such Investment; 
 (2) Temporary Cash Investments; 
 (3) payroll, travel, moving and
similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses in accordance with GAAP; 
 (4) Capital Stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of Indebtedness or other obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business, upon foreclosure of a Lien created in the ordinary
course of business or in satisfaction of litigation, arbitration or other disputes, including in connection with a bankruptcy proceeding; 

  
 -20-

 (5) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for
collection and lease, utility and workers’ compensation, performance and other similar deposits; 
 (6)
Interest Rate Agreements and Currency Agreements meeting the requirements specified in clause (4)(A) of Section 4.03(b); 
 (7) loans or advances to the Company’s officers or employees or those of any Restricted Subsidiary that do not in the aggregate exceed $7.5 million at any time outstanding; 

(8) any receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made in compliance with Section 4.10;

 (9) Investments in the Mortgage Subsidiary consisting of (x) an initial Investment not exceeding $10
million made in connection with the acquisition of the Company’s headquarters buildings and related real and personal property by the Mortgage Subsidiary, including for funding a down-payment, initial tenant improvements and other initial
capital expenditures, and (y) amounts required to service Non-Recourse Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clause (8) of Section 4.03(b) and principal, interest and associated fees and expenses thereunder, to maintain the
Company’s headquarters buildings and related real and personal property, to maintain the legal existence of the Mortgage Subsidiary and to pay corporate overhead and legal, accounting and administrative costs and expenses and taxes (including
franchise taxes) of the Mortgage Subsidiary; 
 (10) any Investment existing on the Closing Date or made pursuant
to a legally binding commitment in existence on the Closing Date; 
 (11) any Investment in a Receivables
Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified
Receivables Financing or any related Indebtedness; 
 (12) the Escrow Investments; and 

(13) the Escrow Transactions. 
 “Permitted Liens” means: 
 (1) Liens securing an
aggregate principal amount of Senior Indebtedness not to exceed the greater of (x) $650.0 million and (y) the maximum principal amount of Indebtedness that, after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness and the application of
the proceeds therefrom, would not cause the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio of the Company to exceed 3.25:1.0, and Liens securing other obligations under the documents governing such Senior Indebtedness not constituting Indebtedness; 

  
 -21-

 (2) Liens for taxes, assessments, governmental charges or claims that are
being contested in good faith by appropriate legal proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted and for which a reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made;

 (3) statutory and common law Liens of landlords and carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen,
repairmen or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and with respect to amounts not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate legal proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted and for which a
reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made; 
 (4) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security; 

(5) Liens incurred or deposits made to secure the performance of tenders, bids, leases, statutory or regulatory
obligations, bankers’ acceptances, surety, performance and appeal bonds, government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other obligations of a similar nature incurred in the ordinary course of business (exclusive of obligations
for the payment of borrowed money); 
 (6) easements, rights-of-way, municipal and zoning ordinances and similar
charges, encumbrances, title defects or other irregularities that do not materially interfere with the business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; 

(7) Liens (including extensions and renewals thereof) upon real or personal property acquired after the Closing Date,
provided, however, that 
 (A) such Lien is created solely for the purpose of securing Indebtedness
Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03, to finance the cost (including the cost of design, development, acquisition, construction, installation, improvement, transportation or integration and all transaction costs related to the
foregoing) of the item of property or assets subject thereto and such Lien is created prior to, at the time of or within six months after the later of the acquisition, the completion of construction or the commencement of full operation of such
property, 
 (B) the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien does not exceed 100% of such cost,
and 
 (C) any such Lien shall not extend to or cover any property or assets other than such item of property or
assets and any improvements on such item; 

  
 -22-

 (8) licenses, sublicenses, leases or subleases granted to others that do not
materially interfere with the business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; 
 (9)
Liens encumbering property or assets under construction arising from progress or partial payments by a customer of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries relating to such property or assets; 

(10) any interest or title of a lessor in the property subject to any Capitalized Lease or operating lease; 

(11) Liens arising from filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements regarding leases; 

(12) Liens on property of, or on shares of Capital Stock or Indebtedness of, any Person existing at the time such Person
becomes, or becomes a part of, any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the property or assets acquired;

 (13) Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(14) Liens arising from the rendering of a judgment or order against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that does
not give rise to an Event of Default; 
 (15) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of
credit that encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and the products and proceeds thereof; 
 (16) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods; 

(17) Liens securing Indebtedness under Interest Rate Agreements and Currency Agreements meeting the requirements specified
in clause (4)(A) of Section 4.03(b); 
 (18) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title
retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; 

(19) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables
Financing” Incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; 
 (20) Liens existing on the
Closing Date (other than Liens securing the Credit Agreement or the Secured Notes); 

  
 -23-

 (21) Liens securing Indebtedness which is Incurred to refinance Secured
Indebtedness which is permitted to be Incurred under clause (3) of Section 4.03(b); provided, however, that such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
other than the property or assets securing the Indebtedness being refinanced; 
 (22) Liens on the Company’s
headquarters buildings and related real and personal property securing Non-Recourse Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to clause (8) of Section 4.03(b); 

(23) Liens created for the benefit of, or to secure, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees (including Liens resulting
from the defeasance of the obligations of the Obligors with respect to the Notes and Liens encumbering the Escrow Account and the Escrow Investments); and 
 (24) Liens on any assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that effective provision shall have been made for all the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees to be directly secured
equally and ratably with (or, if the obligation or liability to be secured by such Lien is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, prior to) the obligation or liability secured by such Liens. 

“Permitted Payments to Parent” means (i) for so long as the Company is a member of a group filing a consolidated or
combined tax return with Parent, payments to Parent in respect of an allocable portion of the tax liabilities of such group that is attributable to the Company and its Subsidiaries (“Tax Payments”) and (ii) any general
administrative expenses incurred by Parent (including, without limitation, administrative expenses incurred in connection with the operation of Parent, the filing of required documents pursuant to the Exchange Act and the offering of the Notes). The
Tax Payments shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the amount of the relevant tax (including any penalties and interest) that the Company would owe if the Company were filing a separate tax return (or a separate consolidated or combined return
with its Subsidiaries that are members of the consolidated or combined group), taking into account any carryovers and carrybacks of tax attributes (such as net operating losses) of the Company and such Subsidiaries from other taxable years and
(y) the net amount of the relevant tax that Parent actually owes to the appropriate taxing authority. Any Tax Payments received from the Company shall be paid over to the appropriate taxing authority within 30 days of Parent’s receipt of
such Tax Payments or refunded to the Company. 
 “Person” means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a
limited liability company, an association, a trust or any other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof. 

“Physical Notes” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01. 

“Preferred Stock” means, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock issued by such Person that is entitled to preference
or priority over one or more series or classes of other Capital Stock issued by such Person upon any distribution of such Person’s property and assets, whether by dividend or upon liquidation. 

  
 -24-

 “principal” of a debt security, including the Notes, means the principal
amount due on the Stated Maturity as shown on such debt security. 
 “Private Placement Legend” means the
legend initially set forth on the Notes in the form set forth in Section 2.02. 
 “Purchase
Agreement” means the Purchase Agreement, dated November 19, 2010, by and among the Escrow Issuer, PAETEC Holding Corp., the Subsidiary Guarantors parties thereto and the Representatives of the Initial Purchasers entered into in
connection with the sale and issuance of the Notes. 
 “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer”
as defined in Rule 144A. 
 “Qualified Receivables Financing” means any Receivables Financing of a Receivables
Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: 
 (1) the Board of Directors of the Company shall have
determined in good faith that such Qualified Receivables Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Company and such Receivables Subsidiary;

 (2) all sales of accounts receivable and related assets to such Receivables Subsidiary are made at fair market
value; and 
 (3) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof are at market
terms (as determined in good faith by the Company) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings. 
 The grant of a
security interest in any accounts receivable of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) to secure Indebtedness under Credit Agreements shall not be deemed a Qualified Receivables Financing. 

“Receivables Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any
participation interests issued or sold in connection with, and all other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Financing. 

“Receivables Financing” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (i) a Receivables Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and (ii) any other
Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto,
including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are
customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable and any Interest Rate Agreements entered into by the Company or any such
Subsidiary in connection with such accounts receivable. 

  
 -25-

 “Receivables Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of
receivables in a Qualified Receivables Financing to repurchase receivables arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any
asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by, or any other event relating to, such seller. 
 “Receivables Subsidiary” means a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Receivables Financing with the
Company in which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company makes an Investment and to which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company transfers accounts receivable and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection
with the financing of accounts receivable of the Company and its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual or other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such
business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company (as provided below) as a Receivables Subsidiary and: 
 (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company (excluding guarantees of
obligations (other than the principal of and interest on Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company in any way other than pursuant to
Standard Securitization Undertakings, or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard
Securitization Undertakings; 
 (b) with which neither the Company nor any other Subsidiary of the Company has
any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Company reasonably believes to be no less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are
not Affiliates of the Company; and 
 (c) to which neither the Company nor any other Subsidiary of the Company
has any obligation to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or cause such Person to achieve certain levels of operating results. 
 Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an
Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions. 
 “Redemption
Date” means, when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture. 

  
 -26-

 “Redemption Price” means, when used with respect to any Note to be
redeemed, the price at which such Note is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture. 
 “Reference Period” has
the meaning provided in the definition of Consolidated Leverage Ratio. 
 “Registrar” has the meaning provided
in Section 2.04. 
 “Registration Rights Agreement” means, (i) with respect to the Notes
issued on the Closing Date, the Closing Date Registration Rights Agreement, and (ii) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes issued in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, the registration
rights agreement, if any, among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors parties thereto and the initial purchasers under the related purchase agreement, in each case as the same may be amended or modified from time to time in accordance with the
terms thereof. 
 “Registration Rights Agreement Joinder” means the Joinder, executed and delivered by PAETEC
Holding Corp. and the Subsidiary Guarantors parties thereto to the Closing Date Registration Rights Agreement, in substantially the form attached to the Closing Date Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Registration Statement” means a Registration Statement as defined and described in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 “Regular Record Date” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date means the May 15 or
November 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. 

“Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act. 

“Regulation S Permanent Global Notes” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01. 

“Regulation S Temporary Global Notes” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01. 

“Related Business” has the meaning provided in Section 4.10(b)(B). 

“Related Person” means, as applied to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly owning: 

(1) 10% or more of the outstanding Common Stock of such Person (or, in the case of a Person that is not a corporation, 10%
or more of the outstanding equity interest in such Person), or 
 (2) 10% or more of the combined outstanding
voting power of the Voting Stock of such Person, and all Affiliates of any such other Person. 

  
 -27-

 “Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any
officer of the Trustee with direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and
familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. 

“Restricted Payments” has the meaning provided in Section 4.04(a). 

“Restricted Period” means (i) with respect to Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on
Regulation S and initially issued on the Closing Date, the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S, and (ii) with respect to Additional Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S, the
period specified in the Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee pursuant to Section 2.15. 

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any of the Company’s Subsidiaries other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act. 

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien. 

“Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio” means, on any Transaction Date and with respect to any Person, the ratio of:

 (1) the aggregate principal amount of Secured Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis outstanding on such Transaction Date to: 
 (2) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA
for such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the then most recent Four Quarter Period; 
 and otherwise calculated in accordance with the
definition of Consolidated Leverage Ratio. 
 “Secured Notes” means the 8 7/8% senior secured notes due 2017 issued by PAETEC Holding Corp.
pursuant to that certain Indenture, dated as of June 29, 2009 and as in effect from time to time, by and among PAETEC Holding Corp., the subsidiary guarantors parties thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee. 

“Securities Act” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

“Security Register” has the meaning provided in Section 2.04. 

“Senior Indebtedness” means: 
 (1) with respect to the Company, the Notes and any Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment with the Notes; and 

  
 -28-

 (2) with respect to any Subsidiary Guarantor, its Subsidiary Guarantee and
any Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment with such Subsidiary Guarantee. 
 “Shareholder
Subordinated Notes” means notes issued by the Company and not Guaranteed by any Subsidiary of the Company that (i) is by its terms expressly subordinated or junior in right of payment in all respects to the Notes, (ii) is not
Secured Indebtedness, (iii) does not have any default provisions or provide to the holder any acceleration rights which are exercisable so long as the Notes are outstanding and (iv) limits the payment of principal, interest and premium, if
any, on such Indebtedness to the extent that the Company may make Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.04. 

“Significant Subsidiary” means, at any date of determination, any Restricted Subsidiary that, together with its
Subsidiaries, 
 (1) for the Company’s most recent fiscal year, accounted for more than 10% of the
consolidated revenue of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 
 (2) as of the end of such fiscal year,
was the owner of more than 10% of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, all as set forth on the most recently available consolidated financial statements of the Company for such fiscal year. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, and its
successors. 
 “Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities
and guarantees of performance entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company which the Company has determined in good faith to be customary in a Receivables Financing, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of
the assets of a Receivables Subsidiary, it being understood that any Receivables Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking. 
 “Stated Maturity” means, 
 (1) with respect to the
Notes or other Indebtedness, the date specified in such Notes or other Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the final installment of principal of such Notes or other Indebtedness is due and payable; and 

(2) with respect to any scheduled installment of principal of or interest on any Notes or other Indebtedness, the date
specified in such Notes or other Indebtedness as the fixed date on which such installment is due and payable. 

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than
50% of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person and/or one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person. 

  
 -29-

 “Subsidiary Guarantee” means a Guarantee on the terms set forth in this
Indenture by a Subsidiary Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under the Notes. 
 “Subsidiary
Guarantor” means each Domestic Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and any other Person that becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 4.19; provided, however, that the following Subsidiaries shall not be
Subsidiary Guarantors: 
 (1) Subsidiaries, whether now existing or hereafter formed, for which proper regulatory
approvals for the incurrence of obligations under Subsidiary Guarantees have not been or cannot be obtained or which otherwise under applicable law may not incur obligations under Subsidiary Guarantees; 

(2) at the Company’s option, Subsidiaries, in the aggregate, whose assets are less than 5% of the consolidated assets
of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as shown on the most recent consolidated financial statements of the Company; 
 (3) the Mortgage Subsidiary; and 
 (4) any Receivables Subsidiary.

 “Tax Payments” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Permitted Payments to Parent. 

“Temporary Cash Investment” means any of the following: 

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America or any agency thereof or obligations fully and unconditionally
guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency thereof; 
 (2) time deposit accounts, certificates of
deposit and money market deposits maturing within one year of the date of acquisition thereof issued by a bank or trust company which is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign country recognized by
the United States of America, and which bank or trust company has capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of $500 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and has outstanding debt which is rated “A” (or
such similar equivalent rating) or higher by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act); 

(3) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in
clause (1) above entered into with a bank meeting the qualifications described in clause (2) above; 
 (4) commercial paper, maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition, issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Company) organized and in existence under the laws of the
United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign country recognized by the United States of America with a rating at the time as of which any Investment therein is made of “P-1” (or higher) according to Moody’s or
“A-1” (or higher) according to S&P; 

  
 -30-

 (5) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of
acquisition issued or fully and unconditionally guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated at least “A” by S&P or
Moody’s; 
 (6) corporate debt securities with maturities of eighteen months or less from the date of
acquisition and with a rating at the time as of which any Investment therein is made of “A3” (or higher) according to Moody’s or “A-” (or higher) according to S&P; 

(7) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued
by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof and having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $500 million; and 

(8) money market funds sponsored by a registered broker-dealer or mutual fund distributor at least 95% of the assets of
which are invested in the investments and securities described in clauses (1) through (7) above. 

“TIA” or “Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code
§§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as in effect on the date this Indenture was executed, except as provided in Section 9.06; provided, however, that, in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after such date,
“Trust Indenture Act” or “TIA” means, to the extent required by any such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended. 
 “Total Assets” means the total consolidated assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company. 

“Trade Payables” means, with respect to any Person, any accounts payable or any other indebtedness or monetary
obligation to trade creditors created, assumed or Guaranteed by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the acquisition of goods or services. 

“Transaction Date” means, with respect to the Incurrence of any Indebtedness, the date such Indebtedness is to be
Incurred and, with respect to any Restricted Payment, the date such Restricted Payment is to be made. 
 “Treasury
Rate” means, as of the applicable Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical
Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to
the period from such Redemption Date to December 1, 2014; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption Date to December 1, 2014 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which
a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to 

  
 -31-

 
the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the Redemption Date to
December 1, 2014 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used. 

“Trustee” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor replaces it in
accordance with the provisions of Article Seven and thereafter means such successor. 
 “United States Bankruptcy
Code” means the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978, as amended and as codified in Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended from time to time hereafter, or any successor federal bankruptcy law. 

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means: 

(1) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the
Board of Directors of the Company in the manner provided below; and 
 (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary. 
 The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary (including any newly acquired or
newly formed Subsidiary) of the Company to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary owns any of the Capital Stock of the Company or owns or holds any Lien on any property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
provided, however, that 
 (A) any Guarantee by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any
Indebtedness of the Subsidiary being so designated shall be deemed an “Incurrence” of such Indebtedness and an “Investment” by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such designation; 

(B) either (i) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total assets of $1,000 or less or (ii) if such Subsidiary
has assets greater than $1,000, such designation would be permitted under Section 4.04; and 
 (C) if
applicable, the Incurrence of Indebtedness and the Investment referred to in clause (A) of this proviso would be permitted under Section 4.03 and Section 4.04. 

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company to be a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided, however, that 
 (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
at the time of or after giving effect to such designation; and 
 (ii) all Liens and Indebtedness of such
Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding immediately after such designation would, if Incurred at such time, have been permitted to be Incurred (and shall be deemed to have been Incurred) for all purposes of this Indenture. 

  
 -32-

 Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the
Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions. 

“U.S. Global Note” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01. 

“U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that are (i) direct obligations of the United States of America for
the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (ii) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed
as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof at any time prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes, and shall also include a
depository receipt issued by a bank or trust company as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligation or a specific payment of interest on or principal of any such U.S. Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of
the holder of a depository receipt; provided, however, that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by
the custodian in respect of such U.S. Government Obligation or the specific payment of interest on or principal of such U.S. Government Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt. 

“U.S. Physical Notes” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01. 

“Voting Stock” means, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock of any class or kind ordinarily having the power to vote
for the election of directors, managers or other voting members of the governing body of such Person. 
 “Wholly
Owned” means, with respect to any Subsidiary of any Person, the ownership of all of the outstanding Capital Stock of such Subsidiary (other than any director’s qualifying shares or Investments by foreign nationals mandated by
applicable law) by such Person or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or any combination thereof. 

Section 1.02 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the
provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 
 “indenture securities” means the Notes; 
 “indenture
security holder” means a Holder or a Noteholder; 
 “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

 “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and 

  
 -33-

 all other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another
statute or defined by a rule of the SEC and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them therein. 

Section 1.03 Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

(3) “or” is not exclusive; 

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular; 

(5) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; 

(6) “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to
any particular Article, Section or other subdivision; 
 (7) all ratios and computations based on GAAP contained
in this Indenture shall be computed in accordance with the definition of GAAP set forth in Section 1.01; 
 (8) all references to Sections or Articles and other subdivisions refer to Sections or Articles and other subdivisions of this Indenture unless otherwise indicated; and 

(9) all references in this Indenture or the Notes, in any context, to any interest payable on or with respect to the Notes
shall be deemed to include any Additional Interest payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or Section 6.02(c). 
 ARTICLE TWO 
 THE NOTES 

Section 2.01 Form and Dating. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the
form set forth in Exhibit A with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange
agreements to which the Company is subject or usage. The Company shall approve the form of the Notes and any notation, legend or endorsement on the Notes. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. 

The terms and provisions of the Notes substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A shall constitute, and are hereby expressly
made, a part of this Indenture. To the extent applicable, the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. 

  
 -34-

 Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of one
or more permanent global Notes in registered form, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (collectively, the “U.S. Global Notes”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, duly executed by the
Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of the U.S. Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the
Depositary or its nominee, as hereinafter provided. 
 Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on
Regulation S shall be issued initially on the Closing Date in the form of one or more temporary Global Notes (collectively, the “Regulation S Temporary Global Notes”) deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository,
duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. 
 Following the termination of the
Restricted Period, beneficial interests in a Regulation S Temporary Global Note will be exchanged for beneficial interests in one or more permanent Global Notes (collectively, the “Regulation S Permanent Global Notes” and, together
with the Regulation S Temporary Global Notes, the “Offshore Global Notes”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The
aggregate principal amount of the Offshore Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, as hereinafter provided. 

The initial offer and resale of the Notes shall not be made to any Institutional Accredited Investor. Notes subsequently resold to
Institutional Accredited Investors shall be issued in the form of permanent certificated Notes in registered form in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “U.S. Physical Notes”). Notes issued pursuant to
Section 2.07 in exchange for interests in the Offshore Global Note shall be in the form of permanent certificated Notes in registered form substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “Offshore Physical
Notes”). 
 The Offshore Physical Notes and U.S. Physical Notes are sometimes collectively herein referred to as the
“Physical Notes.” The U.S. Global Notes and the Offshore Global Notes are sometimes referred to herein as the “Global Notes.” 
 The definitive Notes shall be typed, printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any combination of these methods or may be produced in any other manner permitted by the rules of any securities
exchange on which the Notes may be listed, all as determined by the Officers executing such Notes, as evidenced by their execution of such Notes. 

  
 -35-

 Section 2.02 Restrictive Legends. Except as set forth in paragraph
(e) of Section 2.08, unless and until a Note is exchanged for an Exchange Note or sold in connection with an effective Registration Statement pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, (i) each U.S. Global Note, each
Regulation S Temporary Global Note and each U.S. Physical Note shall bear the following legend (the “Private Placement Legend”) on the face thereof and (ii) each Offshore Physical Note shall bear the Private Placement Legend on
the face thereof until the expiration of the Restricted Period and receipt by the Company and the Trustee of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit C: 

“THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE
SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR
NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS SIX MONTHS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL
ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS NOTE) (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY
SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT
REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE
ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN
RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER OF
THIS NOTE (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES AT THE TIME OF TRANSFER OF LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY THAT
SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER,
SALE OR TRANSFER (i) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) PRIOR TO THE END OF THE 40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (F) PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION
TERMINATION DATE TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND (ii) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN

  
 -36-

 
THE FORM APPEARING ON THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF A HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION
DATE.” 
 Each Global Note, whether or not an Exchange Note, shall also bear the following legend on the face thereof:

 “UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, TO THE COMPANY OR
ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY OR SUCH
OTHER REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY
AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR
TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 2.08 OF THE INDENTURE.” 

Section 2.03 Execution, Authentication and Denominations. Subject to Article Four and applicable law, the aggregate
principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. The Notes shall be executed by an Officer of the Company. The signature of the Officer on the Notes may be by facsimile or manual signature in the
name and on behalf of the Company. 
 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the
Trustee or authenticating agent authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless. 
 A Note shall not be valid until
the Trustee or authenticating agent manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 

At any time and from time to time after the execution of this Indenture, the Trustee or an authenticating agent shall upon receipt of a
Company Order authenticate for original issue Global Notes in the aggregate principal amount specified in such Company Order; 

  
 -37-

 
provided that the Trustee shall be entitled to receive an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel of the Company in connection with such authentication of Notes. Such Company
Order shall specify the amount of Global Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and, in case of an issuance of Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.15, shall certify that such
issuance is in compliance with Section 4.03. 
 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent to authenticate
Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such authenticating agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights
as an Agent to deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company. 
 The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form
without coupons and only in denominations of $1,000 in principal amount or any integral multiple thereof. 
 Section 2.04
Registrar and Paying Agent. The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”), an office or agency where Notes may be presented for
payment (the “Paying Agent”) and an office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served, which shall be in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York. The
Company shall cause the Registrar to keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange (the “Security Register”). The Security Register shall be in written form or any other form capable of being converted into written
form within a reasonable time. The Company may have one or more co-Registrars and one or more additional Paying Agents. 
 The
Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the
Trustee of the name and address of any such Agent and any change in the address of such Agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar, Paying Agent and/or agent for service of notices and demands, the Trustee shall act as such Registrar,
Paying Agent and/or agent for service of notices and demands. The Company may remove any Agent upon written notice to such Agent and the Trustee; provided that no such removal shall become effective until (i) the acceptance of an
appointment by a successor Agent to such Agent as evidenced by an appropriate agency agreement entered into by the Company and such successor Agent and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as
such Agent until the appointment of a successor Agent in accordance with clause (i) of this proviso. The Company or any Affiliate of the Company may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar, and/or agent for service of notice and
demands. 
 The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar, Paying Agent, and agent for service of notice and demands.
The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the
Company shall furnish to the Trustee as of each Regular Record Date and at such other times as the Trustee may reasonably request the names and addresses of Holders as they appear in the Security Register, including the aggregate principal amount of
Notes held by each Holder. At the option of the Company, payment of principal and interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the Holders as such address appears in the Security Register. 

  
 -38-

 Section 2.05 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. Not later than 11:00 a.m. (New
York City time) on each due date of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on any Notes, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent money in immediately available funds sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, and interest so
becoming due. The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of
principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes (whether such money has been paid to it by the Company or any other obligor on the Notes), and such Paying Agent shall promptly notify the Trustee of any default by the Company (or any other
obligor on the Notes) in making any such payment. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and account for any funds disbursed, and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any
payment default, upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed. Upon doing so, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money so
paid over to the Trustee. If the Company or any Affiliate of the Company acts as Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due date of any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the
benefit of the Holders a sum of money sufficient to pay such principal of, premium, if any, or interest so becoming due until such sum of money shall be paid to such Holders or otherwise disposed of as provided in this Indenture, and will promptly
notify the Trustee of its action or failure to act. 
 Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange. A Holder may transfer a
Note only by written application to the Registrar stating the name of the proposed transferee and otherwise complying with the terms of this Indenture. No such registration of transfer shall be effected until, and such transferee shall succeed to
the rights of a Holder only upon, final acceptance and registration of the transfer by the Registrar in the Security Register. Prior to the registration of any transfer by a Holder as provided herein, the Company, the Trustee, and any agent of the
Company shall treat the person in whose name the Note is registered as the owner thereof for all purposes whether or not the Note shall be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee, nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
Furthermore, any Holder of a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such Global Note, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book entry system maintained by the Holder of such Global Note (or its
agent) and that ownership of a beneficial interest in the Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry. When Notes are presented to the Registrar or a co-Registrar with a request to register the transfer or to exchange them for an equal
principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations (including an exchange of Notes for Exchange Notes), the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its requirements for such transactions are met (including
that such Notes are duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee and Registrar duly executed by the Holder thereof or by an attorney who is authorized in writing to act on behalf of the
Holder); provided that no exchanges of Notes for Exchange Notes shall occur until a Registration Statement shall have been declared effective by the SEC and that any Notes that are exchanged for Exchange Notes shall be cancelled by the
Trustee. To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Notes at the Registrar’s 

  
 -39-

 
request. No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange or redemption of the Notes, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax
or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or other similar governmental charge payable upon exchanges pursuant to Section 2.11, 3.08 or 9.04). 

The Registrar shall not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Note during a period beginning at the
opening of business 15 days before the day of the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes selected for redemption under Section 3.03 and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, or (ii) to register the transfer
of or exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
 Section 2.07 Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes. (a) The U.S. Global Note and Offshore Global Note initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global
Notes or the nominee of such Depositary, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depositary and (iii) bear legends as set forth in Section 2.02. 

Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect
to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary, or the Trustee as its custodian, or under the Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of
such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee, from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other
authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note. 

None of the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent or any Registrar will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the
Depositary’s records relating to, or payments made on account of, beneficial ownership interests in a Global Note or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any of the Depositary’s records relating to such beneficial ownership interests,
or for transfers of beneficial interests in the Notes or any transactions between the Depositary and beneficial owners. 
 (b)
Transfers of a Global Note shall be limited to transfers of such Global Note in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in a Global Note may be transferred in accordance
with the rules and procedures of the Depositary and the provisions of Section 2.08; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary
Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). In addition, U.S. Physical Notes and Offshore Physical Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for
their beneficial interests in the U.S. Global Note or the Offshore Global Note, respectively, (i)(A) if the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the U.S. Global Note or the Offshore Global
Note, as the case may be, and a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice, or (B) the Depositary has ceased to 

  
 -40-

 
be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, (ii) the Company, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of U.S. Physical Notes and
Offshore Physical Notes, (iii) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a request therefor from the Depositary or (iv) in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depositary and the
provisions of Section 2.08. 
 (c) Any beneficial interest in one of the Global Notes that is transferred to a
person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in the other Global Note will, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in the other Global Note and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all
transfer restrictions, if any, and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest. 
 (d) In connection with any transfer of a portion of the beneficial interests in the U.S. Global Note or Offshore Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b) of this
Section 2.07, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of the U.S. Global Note or Offshore Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in
the U.S. Global Note or Offshore Global Note to be transferred, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more U.S. Physical Notes or Offshore Physical Notes, as the case may be, of like tenor and amount.

 (e) In connection with the transfer of the entire U.S. Global Note or Offshore Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to
paragraph (b) of this Section 2.07, the U.S. Global Note or Offshore Global Note, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall
authenticate and make available for delivery, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depositary in exchange for its beneficial interest in the U.S. Global Note or Offshore Global Note, as the case may be, an equal aggregate principal amount of
U.S. Physical Notes or Offshore Physical Notes, as the case may be, of authorized denominations. 
 (f) Any U.S. Physical Note
delivered in exchange for an interest in the U.S. Global Note pursuant to paragraph (b), (d) or (e) of this Section 2.07 shall, except as otherwise provided by paragraph (e) of
Section 2.08, bear the legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the U.S. Physical Note set forth in Section 2.02. 
 (g) Any Offshore Physical Note delivered in exchange for an interest in the Offshore Global Note pursuant to paragraph (b), (d) or (e) of this Section 2.07
shall, except as otherwise provided by paragraph (e) of Section 2.08, bear the legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to Offshore Physical Notes set forth in Section 2.02; provided,
however, that a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for an Offshore Physical Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Offshore Physical Note prior to
(A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act. 

  
 -41-

 (h) The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any
person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 

Section 2.08 Special Transfer Provisions. Unless and until a Note is exchanged for an Exchange Note or sold in connection
with an effective Registration Statement pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the following provisions shall apply: 
 (a) Transfers to Non-QIB Institutional Accredited Investors. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Note to any Institutional Accredited
Investor which is not a QIB (excluding Non-U.S. Persons): 
 (i) The Registrar shall register the transfer
of any Note, whether or not such Note bears the Private Placement Legend, if (x) the requested transfer is after the time period referred to in the second sentence of Rule 144(b)(1)(i) under the Securities Act or (y) the proposed
transferee has delivered to the Registrar (A) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto and (B) if the aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time of transfer is less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel
acceptable to the Company that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. 
 (ii) If the proposed
transferor is an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in the U.S. Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the documents, if any, required by clause (i) and (y) instructions given in accordance with the
Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of the U.S. Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial
interest in the U.S. Global Note to be transferred, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more U.S. Physical Notes of like tenor and amount. 

(b) Transfers to QIBs. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed
transfer of a U.S. Physical Note or an interest in the U.S. Global Note to a QIB (excluding Non-U.S. Persons): 
 (i) If the Note to be transferred consists of (x) U.S. Physical Notes, the Registrar shall register the transfer if such transfer is being made by a proposed transferor who has checked the box
provided for on the form of Note stating, or has otherwise advised the Company and the Registrar in writing, that the sale has been made in compliance with the provisions of Rule 144A to a transferee who has signed the certification provided for on
the form of Note stating, or has otherwise advised the Company and the Registrar in writing, that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such
account is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in 

  
 -42-

 
reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and
that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A or (y) an interest in the U.S. Global Note, the transfer of such interest may be effected
only through the book entry system maintained by the Depositary. 
 (ii) If the proposed transferee is an Agent
Member, and the Note to be transferred consists of U.S. Physical Notes, upon receipt by the Registrar of the documents referred to in clause (i) and instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s
procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the U.S. Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the U.S. Physical Notes to be transferred, and the Trustee
shall cancel the U.S. Physical Note so transferred. 
 (c) Transfers of Interests in the Offshore Global Note
or Offshore Physical Notes. The following provisions shall apply with respect to any transfer of interests in the Offshore Global Note or any Offshore Physical Notes: 

(i) Prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the Registrar shall refuse to register such transfer unless such
transfer complies with paragraph (d) of this Section 2.08, as the case may be. 
 (ii) On
and after the expiration of the Restricted Period, the Registrar shall register such transfer without requiring any additional certification. 
 (d) Transfers to Non-U.S. Persons at Any Time. The following provisions shall apply with respect to any transfer of a Note to a Non-U.S. Person: 

(i) Prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the Registrar shall register any proposed transfer of a Note to a
Non-U.S. Person upon receipt of a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto from the proposed transferor. 
 (ii) On and after the expiration of the Restricted Period, the Registrar shall register any proposed transfer to any Non-U.S. Person if the Note to be transferred is a U.S. Physical Note or an
interest in the U.S. Global Note, upon receipt of a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C from the proposed transferor. 
 (iii)(a) If the proposed transferor is an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in the U.S. Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the documents, if any, required by clause
(ii) and (y) instructions in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of the U.S. Global Note
in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial 

  
 -43-

 
interest in the U.S. Global Note to be transferred, and (b) if the proposed transferee is an Agent Member, upon receipt by the Registrar of instructions given in accordance with the
Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Offshore Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the U.S. Physical
Notes or the U.S. Global Note, as the case may be, to be transferred, and the Trustee shall cancel the Physical Note, if any, so transferred or decrease the amount of the U.S. Global Note. 

(e) Private Placement Legend. Upon the registration of transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the
Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the registration of transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only
Notes that bear the Private Placement Legend unless either (i) the circumstances contemplated by paragraph (a)(i)(x) or (d)(ii) of this Section 2.08 exist or (ii) there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of
Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related transfer restrictions are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. 

(f) General. By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such a Note
acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture. The Registrar shall not register a transfer of any
Note unless such transfer complies with the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture. In connection with any transfer of Notes, each Holder agrees by its acceptance of the Notes to furnish the Registrar or the Company such
certifications, legal opinions or other information as either of them may reasonably require to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities
Act; provided that the Registrar shall not be required to determine (but may rely on a determination made by the Company with respect to) the sufficiency of any such certifications, legal opinions or other information. 

The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.07
or this Section 2.08. The Company shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Registrar.

 The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on
transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Agent Members or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to
require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to
form with the express requirements hereof. 

  
 -44-

 Section 2.09 Replacement Notes. If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the
Trustee or if the Holder claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Company shall issue and the
Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding; provided that the requirements of this Section 2.09 are met. If required by the Trustee or
the Company, an indemnity bond must be furnished that is sufficient in the judgment of both the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee or any Agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may
charge such Holder for its expenses and the expenses of the Trustee in replacing a Note. In case any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may pay
such Note instead of issuing a new Note in replacement thereof. 
 Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the
Company and shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture. 
 The provisions of this Section 2.09 are
exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies against the Company and the Trustee with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or wrongfully taken Notes. 

Section 2.10 Outstanding Notes. Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee
except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section 2.10 as not outstanding. 
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.09, it ceases to be outstanding unless and until the Trustee and the Company receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a
protected purchaser. 
 If the Paying Agent (other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company) holds on a maturity date or
Redemption Date money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes cease to be outstanding and interest on them shall cease to accrue. 
 A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or one of its Affiliates holds such Note, provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal
amount of the outstanding Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Notes owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor
shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes which the Trustee has
actual knowledge to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with
respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor. 

  
 -45-

 Section 2.11 Temporary Notes. Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the
Company may prepare and execute and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have insertions, substitutions, omissions and other variations determined to be
appropriate by the Officers executing the temporary Notes, as evidenced by their execution of such temporary Notes. If temporary Notes are issued, the Company will cause definitive Notes to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the
preparation of definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Company designated for such purpose pursuant to Section 4.02, without
charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Notes of authorized
denominations. Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Notes. 
 Section 2.12 Cancellation. The Company at any time may deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in
any manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated hereunder which the Company has not issued and sold. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to
them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee (and no one else) shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of them in accordance with its
normal procedure. 
 Section 2.13 CUSIP Numbers. The Company in issuing the Notes may use a “CUSIP” number
(if then generally in use), and the Company and the Trustee shall use such “CUSIP” number in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice shall state that no representation is made as
to the correctness of such CUSIP number either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or exchange and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes; and provided
further that failure to use CUSIP numbers in any notice of redemption or exchange shall not affect the validity or sufficiency of such notice. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in “CUSIP” number for the
Notes. 
 Section 2.14 Defaulted Interest. If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall
pay, or shall deposit with the Paying Agent money in immediately available funds sufficient to pay, the defaulted interest, plus (to the extent lawful) any interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent
special record date. A special record date, as used in this Section 2.14 with respect to the payment of any defaulted interest, shall mean the 15th day next preceding the date fixed by the Company for the payment of defaulted interest,
whether or not such day is a Business Day. At least 15 days before the subsequent special record date, the Company shall mail to each Holder and to the Trustee a notice that states the subsequent special record date, the payment date and the amount
of defaulted interest to be paid. 
 Section 2.15 Issuance of Additional Notes. The Company shall be entitled to
issue Additional Notes under this Indenture which shall have terms identical to the terms of the Notes issued on the Closing Date, other than with respect to the date of issuance, issue price (including

  
 -46-

 
amount of interest deemed to have accrued since the last Interest Payment Date), and amount of interest payable upon a registration default as provided under a Registration Rights Agreement
related thereto; provided that each such issuance must be made in compliance with Section 4.03. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Notes issue on the
Closing Date, any Exchange Notes issued in exchange for any Additional Notes issued in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and any Additional Notes issued pursuant to an effective registration statement
under the Securities Act have the same CUSIP numbers. 
 With respect to any issue of Additional Notes, the Company shall set
forth the following information in a resolution of its Board of Directors (or a duly appointed committee thereof) and in an Officers’ Certificate, a copy of each of which shall be delivered to the Trustee and which shall be sufficient to
provide for the issuance of such Additional Notes without entry into any supplemental indenture: 
 (1) the
aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Notes; 

(2) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture;

 (3) the issue price and the issue date of such Additional Notes (including the amount of interest deemed to
have accrued since the last Interest Payment Date); 
 (4) whether such Additional Notes shall be restricted
securities and bear the Private Placement Legend or any other legend required pursuant to Section 2.02 or shall be registered securities and bear no such legend; and 

(5) the Restricted Period, if any. 
 ARTICLE THREE 
 REDEMPTION 

Section 3.01 Right of Redemption. (a) On and after the effectiveness of the Assumption, prior to December 1, 2014, the
Company may, at its option, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, redeem any of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s last address as it appears in
the Security Register, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the rights of
Holders of Notes on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. 
 (b) The
Notes are redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, on and after December 1, 2014 and prior to maturity, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class
mail to each Holder’s last address as it appears in the Security Register, at the following Redemption Prices (expressed in percentages of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the

  
 -47-

 
Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date), if
redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on December 1 of the following years: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Redemption Price	 
	 2014
	  	 	104.938	% 
	 2015
	  	 	102.469	% 
	 2016 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (c) In addition, on and
after the effectiveness of the Assumption, prior to December 1, 2013, the Company may, at its option, at any time or from time to time, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including any Additional Notes) with the
net proceeds from one or more Equity Offerings of the Company or, if there is a Parent Transaction, Parent at a Redemption Price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) of 109.875% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest,
if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date); provided,
however, that (i) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) initially issued under this Indenture remains outstanding immediately after each such redemption and (ii) notice of such
redemption is mailed within 90 days after the closing of the related Equity Offering. 
 Section 3.02 Notices to
Trustee. If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 3.01, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the clause of this Indenture pursuant to
which redemption shall occur. 
 The Company shall give each notice provided for in this Section 3.02 in an
Officers’ Certificate at least 45 days before the Redemption Date (unless a shorter period shall be satisfactory to the Trustee). 
 Section 3.03 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed. If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed in compliance with the
requirements, as certified to it by the Company, of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not listed on a national securities exchange or automated quotation system, by lot or by such
other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem fair and appropriate; provided that no Note of $1,000 in principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part. 

The Trustee shall make the selection from the Notes outstanding and not previously called for redemption. Notes in denominations of
$1,000 in principal amount may only be redeemed in whole. The Trustee may select for redemption portions (equal to $1,000 in principal amount or any integral multiple thereof) of Notes that have denominations larger than $1,000 in principal amount.
Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. The Trustee shall notify the Company and the Registrar promptly in writing of the Notes or portions of Notes to be called
for redemption. 

  
 -48-

 Section 3.04 Notice of Redemption. With respect to any redemption of Notes
pursuant to Section 3.01, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the Company shall mail a notice of redemption by first-class mail to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed. 

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state: 

(1) the Redemption Date; 
 (2) the Redemption Price (or the method of calculating the Redemption Price if the Redemption Price is not determinable as of the date of the notice); 

(3) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(4) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent in order to collect the Redemption Price;

 (5) that, unless the Company defaults in making the redemption payment, interest on Notes called for
redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date and the only remaining right of the Holders is to receive payment of the Redemption Price plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Redemption Date upon surrender of the
Notes to the Paying Agent; 
 (6) that, if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal
amount (equal to $1,000 in principal amount or any integral multiple thereof) of such Note to be redeemed and that, on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed
portion thereof will be issued upon cancellation of the original Note; and 
 (7) that, if any Note contains a
CUSIP number as provided in Section 2.13, no representation is being made as to the correctness of the CUSIP number either as printed on the Notes or as contained in the notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the
other identification numbers printed on the Notes. 
 At the Company’s request (which request may be revoked by the Company
at any time prior to the time at which the Trustee shall have given such notice to the Holders), made in writing to the Trustee at least 45 days (or such shorter period as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee) before a Redemption Date, the Trustee
shall give the notice of redemption in the name and at the expense of the Company. If, however, the Company gives such notice to the Holders, the Company shall concurrently deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such
notice has been given. 
 Section 3.05 Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is mailed, Notes
called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price. Upon surrender of any Notes to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the Redemption Price, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but
excluding, the Redemption Date. 

  
 -49-

 Notice of redemption shall be deemed to be given when mailed, whether or not the Holder
receives the notice. In any event, failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of Notes held by Holders to whom such notice was properly given. 

Section 3.06 Deposit of Redemption Price. On or prior to any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent
(or, if the Company is acting as the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.05) money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that date
other than Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on that date that have been delivered by the Company to the Trustee for cancellation. 
 Section 3.07 Payment of Notes Called for Redemption. If notice of redemption has been given in the manner provided above, the Notes or portion of Notes specified in such notice to be redeemed
shall become due and payable on the Redemption Date at the Redemption Price stated therein, together with accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, such Redemption Date, and on and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the
payment of such Notes at the Redemption Price and accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Redemption Date, in which case the principal, until paid, shall bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate prescribed in the Notes), such
Notes shall cease to accrue interest. Upon surrender of any Note for redemption in accordance with a notice of redemption, such Note shall be paid and redeemed by the Company at the Redemption Price, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if
any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date; provided that installments of interest whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders registered as such at the close of business on the relevant
Regular Record Date. 

  
 -50-

 Section 3.08 Notes Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of any Note that is redeemed
in part, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder without service charge, a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of such surrendered Note. 

Section 3.09 Special Mandatory Redemption. If the Escrow Conditions are not satisfied on or before April 2, 2011, or if
before such date, the Escrow Agreement is terminated or PAETEC Holding Corp. determines in its sole discretion that any of the Escrow Conditions are not capable of being satisfied (the earliest of such dates, the “Conditions Precedent
Date”), the Escrow Issuer shall be required to redeem the Notes on the Escrow Redemption Date at the Escrow Redemption Price. If the Escrow Issuer is required to redeem the Notes pursuant to this Section 3.09, the Escrow Issuer
shall cause the notice of special mandatory redemption (which notice shall contain all the information required under Section 3.04) to be mailed to each Holder at least five Business Days prior to the Escrow Redemption Date. Any
redemption made pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the procedures set forth in this Indenture and the Escrow Agreement to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 3.09. 

ARTICLE FOUR 
 COVENANTS 
 Section 4.01 Payment of Notes. The Company shall
pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture. An installment of principal, premium, if any, or interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the
Trustee or Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company, or any Affiliate of any of them) holds on that date money designated for and sufficient to pay the installment. If the Company or any Affiliate of the Company acts as
Paying Agent, an installment of principal, premium, if any, or interest shall be considered paid on the due date if the entity acting as Paying Agent complies with the last sentence of Section 2.05. As provided in
Section 6.09, upon any bankruptcy or reorganization procedure relative to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as the Paying Agent, if any, for the Notes. 
 The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and premium, if any, and interest on overdue installments of interest, to the extent lawful, at the rate per annum specified in the Notes. 

Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Company shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York,
an office or agency where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation for payment and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company
shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with
the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the address of the Trustee set forth in Section 11.02. 

  
 -51-

 The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where
the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain
an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, for such purposes. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or
agency. 
 The Company hereby initially designates the office or agency of the Trustee in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of
New York, as such office of the Company in accordance with Section 2.04. 
 Section 4.03 Limitation on
Indebtedness. (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, Incur any Indebtedness (other than the Notes issued on the Closing Date, and any Exchange Notes exchanged therefor or for Additional Notes, and any other
Existing Indebtedness); provided, however, that the Company and any Subsidiary Guarantor may Incur Indebtedness if, after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness and the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom,
the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Company would be greater than zero and less than 4.75:1.0. 
 (b) Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary (except as specified below) may Incur each and all of the following: 
 (1) Indebtedness incurred under Credit Agreements outstanding at any time in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $115.0 million, less the aggregate amount of all Net Cash Proceeds of Asset Sales
applied to permanently repay any such Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.10; 
 (2) Indebtedness
owed: 
 (A) to the Company; or 

(B) to any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such Indebtedness of the Company or a
Subsidiary Guarantor owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be; provided, further, that any event
which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of such Indebtedness (other than to the Company, another Restricted Subsidiary or the holder of a Lien permitted by this Indenture) will
be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (2); 

  
 -52-

 (3) Indebtedness issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are
used to refinance or refund, then outstanding Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness Incurred under clause (1), (2), (4) or (10) of this Section 4.03(b)) and any refinancings thereof in an amount not
to exceed the amount so refinanced or refunded (plus premiums, accrued interest, fees and expenses); provided, however, that Indebtedness the proceeds of which are used to refinance or refund the Notes or Indebtedness that is
pari passu in right of payment with, or subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes shall only be permitted under this clause (3) if: 

(A) in case the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantees are refinanced in part or the Indebtedness to be refinanced is pari
passu in right of payment with the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantees, such new Indebtedness, by its terms or by the terms of any agreement or instrument pursuant to which such new Indebtedness is outstanding, is expressly made pari
passu in right of payment with, or subordinate in right of payment to, the remaining Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantees, as applicable; 
 (B) in case the Indebtedness to be refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee, such new Indebtedness, by its terms or by the terms of any agreement or
instrument pursuant to which such new Indebtedness is issued or remains outstanding, is expressly made subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantee, as applicable, at least to the extent that the Indebtedness to be
refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantee, as applicable; and 

(C) such new Indebtedness, determined as of the date of Incurrence of such new Indebtedness, does not mature prior to the
Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness to be refinanced or funded, and the Average Life of such new Indebtedness is at least equal to the remaining Average Life of the Indebtedness to be refinanced or refunded; and provided, further, that
in no event may the Company’s Indebtedness be refinanced by means of any Indebtedness of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to this clause (3); 

(4) Indebtedness: 
 (A) under Currency Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements; provided, however, that such agreements are: 

(i) designed to protect the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries against fluctuations in foreign currency exchange
rates or interest rates and not for speculative purposes; and 
 (ii) do not increase the Indebtedness of the
obligor outstanding at any time other than as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or interest rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder; or 

(B) arising from agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, or from
Guarantees or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing any of the Company’s obligations or those of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to such agreements, in any case Incurred in connection with the purchase or
disposition of any business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Restricted 

  
 -53-

 
Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition), in a principal amount not to exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, in
connection with such purchase or disposition; 
 (5) Indebtedness of the Company and Guarantees thereof, to the
extent the net proceeds thereof are promptly: 
 (A) used to purchase Notes tendered in an Offer to Purchase made
as a result of a Change of Control; or 
 (B) deposited to defease the Notes pursuant to Article Eight;

 (6) Guarantees of the Notes and Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the
Company or another Restricted Subsidiary that was permitted to be Incurred by another provision of this covenant; provided that if the Indebtedness being Guaranteed is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or a Subsidiary Guarantee,
then such Guarantee shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantee to the same extent as the Indebtedness Guaranteed; and provided, further, that only the Company and Subsidiary Guarantors may
Guarantee Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a); 
 (7) Indebtedness Incurred to finance
or refinance the cost (including the cost of design, development, acquisition, construction, installation, improvement, transportation or integration and all transaction costs related to the foregoing) to acquire equipment, inventory or network
assets (including acquisitions by way of Capitalized Lease Obligations and acquisitions of the Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent of the fair market value of the equipment, inventory or network assets so
acquired, plus goodwill associated therewith) by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date; provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness outstanding at any time may not exceed the
greater of $50 million and 3.5% of Total Assets at the time of Incurrence; 
 (8) Non-Recourse Indebtedness of
the Mortgage Subsidiary Incurred to finance the purchase of the Company’s headquarters buildings and related real and personal property in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $35 million (and Non-Recourse Indebtedness of the Mortgage
Subsidiary issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refinance or refund, then outstanding Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (8)); 

(9) Acquired Indebtedness; provided, however, that after giving effect to the Incurrence of such
Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (9) and the related acquisition transaction, either (a) the Company would have been able to Incur $1.00 of Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a) or (b) the Company’s
Consolidated Leverage Ratio would not be greater than the Company’s Consolidated Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition transaction; 
 (10) Indebtedness under Shareholder Subordinated Notes; 

  
 -54-

 (11) Indebtedness Incurred by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified
Receivables Financing that is not recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than a Receivables Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings); and 

(12) Indebtedness (in addition to Indebtedness permitted under clauses (1) through (11) above) in
an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $35 million. 
 (c) Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Section 4.03, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary may Incur pursuant to this Section 4.03 shall not be deemed to be exceeded with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness due
solely to the result of fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies. 
 (d) For purposes of determining any particular
amount of Indebtedness under this Section 4.03: 
 (1) Guarantees, Liens or obligations with respect
to letters of credit supporting Indebtedness otherwise included in the determination of such particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included; 
 (2) any Liens granted pursuant to the equal and ratable provisions referred to in clause (24) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” shall not be treated as Indebtedness; and

 (3) the consummation of the Assumption shall not constitute the Incurrence of additional Indebtedness.

 (e) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.03, in the event that an item of Indebtedness
meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the above clauses, the Company, in its sole discretion, shall classify, and from time to time may reclassify, such item of Indebtedness and only be required to include the
amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of such clauses; provided, however, that the Company need not classify such item of Indebtedness solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness, but instead may classify
such item of Indebtedness in part by reference to one such provision and in part by reference to one or more other provisions of this covenant; provided, further, that Indebtedness under Credit Agreements outstanding on the Closing
Date will be deemed to have been Incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of Section 4.03(b). 
 (f) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary Guarantor will Incur any Indebtedness that pursuant to its terms is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness unless such Indebtedness is
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the relevant Subsidiary Guarantee, as applicable, to the same extent; provided that Indebtedness will not be considered subordinated or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness
solely by virtue of being unsecured or secured to a greater or lesser extent or with greater or lower priority. 

  
 -55-

 Section 4.04 Limitation on Restricted Payments. (a) The Company will not, and
will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly: 
 (1) declare or pay any dividend or make
any distribution on or with respect to its Capital Stock (other than (x) dividends or distributions payable solely in shares of the Company’s Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to acquire
shares of such Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock); and (y) pro rata dividends or distributions on Common Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries held by minority stockholders) held by Persons other than the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary; 
 (2) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any shares of Capital Stock of:

 (x) the Company or an Unrestricted Subsidiary (including options, warrants or other rights to acquire such
shares of Capital Stock) held by any Person; or 
 (y) a Restricted Subsidiary (including options, warrants or
other rights to acquire such shares of Capital Stock) held by any Affiliate of the Company (other than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary) or any holder (or any Affiliate of such holder) of 5% or more of the Company’s Capital Stock;

 (3) make any voluntary or optional principal payment, or voluntary or optional redemption, repurchase,
defeasance, or other acquisition or retirement for value, of any Indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee (other than Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clause (2) of
Section 4.03(b)); or 
 (4) make any Investment, other than a Permitted Investment, in any Person;

 (such payments or any other actions described in clauses (1) through (4) above collectively, “Restricted
Payments”) if, at the time of, and after giving effect to, the proposed Restricted Payment: 
 (A) a
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; 
 (B) the Company could not Incur at least
$1.00 of Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a); or 
 (C) the aggregate amount of all Restricted
Payments (the amount, if other than in cash, to be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a Board Resolution) made after the Closing Date shall exceed the sum of:

 (i) the amount by which Consolidated EBITDA of the Company exceeds 140% of Consolidated Interest Expense of
the Company, in each case determined on a cumulative basis during the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning on October 1, 2010 and ending on the last day of the last fiscal quarter preceding the Transaction Date for which reports
have been filed with the SEC or provided to the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.17; plus 

  
 -56-

 (ii) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds and the fair market value of all
non-cash proceeds received by the Company after October 1, 2010 from the issuance and sale permitted by this Indenture of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) to a Person who is not a Subsidiary of the Company, including an
issuance or sale permitted by this Indenture of Indebtedness of the Company for cash subsequent to October 1, 2010 upon the conversion of such Indebtedness into the Company’s Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock), or from the
issuance to a Person who is not a Subsidiary of the Company of any options, warrants or other rights to acquire Capital Stock of the Company (exclusive of any Disqualified Stock or any options, warrants or other rights that are redeemable at the
option of the holder, or are required to be redeemed, prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes); plus 

(iii) an amount equal to the net reduction in Investments (other than reductions in Permitted Investments) in any Person
resulting from payments of interest on Indebtedness, dividends, repayments of loans or advances, or other transfers of assets, in each case to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or from the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of any such
Investment (except, in each case, to the extent any such payment or proceeds are included in the calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income), or from redesignations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries (valued in each case as
provided in the definition of “Investments” ), not to exceed, in each case, the amount of Investments previously made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person or Unrestricted Subsidiary; plus 

(iv) $35 million. 
 (b) The foregoing provision shall not be violated by reason of: 

(1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof if, at such date of declaration, such
payment would comply with the foregoing paragraph; 
 (2) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other
acquisition or retirement for value of Indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee, including premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, with the proceeds of, or in exchange for, Indebtedness
Incurred under clause (3) of Section 4.03(b); 

  
 -57-

 (3) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition of the Company’s
Capital Stock or that of an Unrestricted Subsidiary (or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock) in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a substantially concurrent offering of, shares of Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Company (or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock); 
 (4)
the making of any principal payment or the repurchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition for value of any Indebtedness which is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee in exchange for, or out
of the proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale of, shares of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock); 

(5) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a
consolidation, merger or transfer of assets that complies with the provisions of Article Five; 
 (6)
Investments in any Person the primary business of which is related, ancillary or complementary to the Company’s business and that of the Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such Investments; provided, however, that the
aggregate amount of Investments made pursuant to this clause (6) does not exceed the sum of: 
 (A)
$40 million, plus 
 (B) the amount of Net Cash Proceeds and the fair market value of all non-cash
proceeds received by the Company after the Closing Date from the sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock) to a Person who is not a Subsidiary of the
Company, except to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds or non-cash proceeds are used to make Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (C)(ii) of Section 4.04(a), or clause (3), (4) or (7) of this
Section 4.04(b), plus 
 (C) the net reduction in Investments made pursuant to this clause
(6) resulting from distributions on or repayments of such Investments or from the Net Cash Proceeds or non-cash proceeds from the sale of any such Investment (except in each case to the extent any such distributions, repayments or proceeds
are included in the calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income) or from such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary (valued in each case as provided in the definition of “Investments”); provided, however, that the net
reduction in any Investment shall not exceed the amount of such Investment; 
 (7) Investments acquired in
exchange for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock), except to the extent such Investments have been used to make Restricted Payments pursuant to clause
(C)(ii) of this Section 4.04(a); 
 (8) payments of cash in lieu of fractional shares of the
Company’s Capital Stock in an aggregate amount not to exceed $250,000; 

  
 -58-

 (9) Restricted Payments in addition to the Restricted Payments permitted by
the other clauses of this Section 4.04(b), in an aggregate amount not to exceed $150 million; 
 (10)
the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition of the Company’s Capital Stock (or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock) or the payment of any dividend to Parent in order to fund the repurchase, redemption or other
acquisition of Capital Stock of Parent (or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock) from Persons who are or were formerly the directors, officers or employees of Parent, the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted
Subsidiaries, provided, however, that (x) the only consideration paid by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such redemptions, repurchases or other acquisitions for value shall be cash and Shareholder
Subordinated Notes, and (y) the sum of (I) the aggregate amount paid by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash in respect of all such redemptions, repurchases or other acquisitions for value pursuant to this clause
(10) plus (II) the aggregate amount of all cash payments made on all Shareholder Subordinated Notes shall not exceed $10 million; 
 (11) the purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition for value of Capital Stock of the Company (or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock) (A) in exchange for other
Capital Stock of the Company (or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock), including in connection with a Benefit Plan Exchange Offer, (B) upon the conversion of Preferred Stock or the exercise, exchange or conversion of
options, warrants or other rights to acquire Capital Stock of the Company, or (C) tendered to the Company by a holder of Capital Stock of the Company in settlement of indemnification or similar claims by the Company against such holder, so long
as no cash or other consideration is paid to such holder in connection with such purchase, redemption or other acquisition for value (unless otherwise independently permitted under another provision of this Section 4.04); 

(12) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of Disqualified Stock of the Company issued in compliance with
Section 4.03 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense”; 
 (13) Permitted Payments to Parent; 
 (14) the purchase, redemption,
retirement or other acquisition for value of Capital Stock of the Company (or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock) tendered by the holder thereof in payment of withholding or other taxes relating to the vesting, delivery,
exercise, exchange or conversion of options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, warrants or other rights relating to, or representing rights to acquire, Capital Stock of the Company; and 

(15) purchases of receivables pursuant to a Receivables Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Receivables
Financing and the payment or distribution of Receivables Fees; 

  
 -59-

 provided further, however, that, except in the case of clauses (1), (3),
(4), (7), (11), (13), (14) and (15) of this Section 4.04(b), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or occur as a consequence of the actions or payments
set forth therein. 
 (c) Each Restricted Payment permitted pursuant to Section 4.04(b) (other than the Restricted
Payment referred to in clause (2), (9) or (15) thereof, an exchange of Capital Stock (or options, warrants or other rights to acquire Capital Stock) for Capital Stock (or options, warrants or other rights to acquire
Capital Stock) or Indebtedness referred to in clause (3), (4), (11) or (14) thereof and an Investment referred to in clause (6) or (7) thereof), and the Net Cash Proceeds and the fair
market value of non-cash proceeds from any issuance of Capital Stock referred to in clauses (3), (4), (6) and (7) thereof, shall be included in calculating whether the conditions of clause (C) of
Section 4.04(a) have been met with respect to any subsequent Restricted Payments. In the event the proceeds of an issuance of the Company’s Capital Stock or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock are used
for the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of the Notes, or Indebtedness that is pari passu in right of payment with the Notes, then the Net Cash Proceeds of such issuance shall be included in clause (C) of
Section 4.04(a) only to the extent such proceeds are not used for such redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of Indebtedness. 
 Section 4.05 Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or
otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction of any kind on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions permitted by applicable law on any Capital Stock of such Restricted
Subsidiary owned by the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (2) pay any Indebtedness owed to the
Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (3) make loans or advances to the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary; or 
 (4) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary.

 (b) The foregoing provisions shall not restrict any encumbrances or restrictions: 

(1) existing on the Closing Date or any other agreements in effect on the Closing Date, and any amendments, modifications,
extensions, refinancings, renewals or replacements of such agreements; provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions in any such amendments, modifications, extensions, refinancings, renewals or replacements, taken as a
whole, are not materially more restrictive (as determined by the Company) than those encumbrances or restrictions that are then in effect and that are being amended, modified, extended, refinanced, renewed or replaced; 

  
 -60-

 (2) existing under or by reason of applicable law or required by any
regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (3) existing with
respect to any Person or the property or assets of such Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, existing at the time of such acquisition and not incurred in contemplation thereof, which encumbrances or restrictions are not
applicable to any Person or the property or assets of any Person other than such Person or the property or assets of such Person so acquired, and any amendments, modifications, extensions, refinancings, renewals or replacements of such encumbrances
or restrictions; provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions in any such amendments, modifications, extensions, renewals or replacements, taken as a whole, are not materially more restrictive (as determined by the
Company) than those encumbrances or restrictions that are then in effect and that are being amended, modified, extended, refinanced, renewed or replaced; 
 (4) in the case of clause (4) of Section 4.05(a): 
 (A) that restrict in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is a lease, license, conveyance or contract or similar property or asset; 

(B) existing by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on any of the
property or assets of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture; or 

(C) arising or agreed to in the ordinary course of business, not relating to any Indebtedness, and that do not,
individually or in the aggregate, reduce the value of the property or assets of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary; 

(5) with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary and imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale
or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock of, or property and assets of, such Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (6) contained in the terms of any Indebtedness or any agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness was issued if: 
 (A) the encumbrance or restriction either: 
 (i) applies only in
the event of a payment default or non-compliance with respect to a financial covenant contained in such Indebtedness or agreement; or 
 (ii) is contained in a Credit Agreement; 
 (B) the encumbrance or
restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes than is customary in comparable financings (as determined by the Company); and 

  
 -61-

 (C) the Company determines on the date of the Incurrence of such
Indebtedness that any such encumbrance or restriction would not be expected to materially impair the Company’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Notes; 

(7) arising from customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other agreements entered into in the ordinary course
of business; 
 (8) pursuant to the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees and any Exchange Notes and Subsidiary
Guarantees exchanged therefor or for Additional Notes and the related Subsidiary Guarantees to be issued pursuant to this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement; 

(9) imposed on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary
course of business; 
 (10) imposed in connection with purchase money obligations for property acquired in the
ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature specified in clause (4) above on the property so acquired; 
 (11) contained in the terms of any Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is Incurred as permitted pursuant to Section 4.03; 

(12) imposed in connection with any Investment not prohibited by Section 4.04 and or in connection with any
Permitted Investment; 
 (13) contained in the terms of any Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be
Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03 and Section 4.08 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Secured Indebtedness; or 

(14) applicable to a Receivables Subsidiary and effected in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; provided,
however, that such restriction or encumbrance applies only to such Receivables Subsidiary. 
 (c) Nothing contained in this
Section 4.05 shall prevent the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from: 
 (1) creating, incurring,
assuming or suffering to exist any Liens otherwise permitted under Section 4.08; or 
 (2)
restricting the sale or other disposition of the Company’s property or assets or the property or assets of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that secure the Company’s Indebtedness or the Indebtedness of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 Section 4.06 Limitation on the Issuance and Sale of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will
not sell, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to issue or sell, any shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (including options, warrants or other rights to acquire shares of such Capital Stock) except:

 (1) to the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary; 

  
 -62-

 (2) issuances of director’s qualifying shares or sales to foreign
nationals of shares of Capital Stock of Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent required by applicable law; 
 (3) if, immediately after giving effect to such issuance or sale, such Restricted Subsidiary would no longer constitute a Restricted Subsidiary and any Investment in such Person remaining after giving
effect to such issuance or sale would have been permitted to be made under Section 4.04 if made on the date of such issuance or sale; 
 (4) issuances or sales of Common Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, provided, however, that the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary applies the Net Cash Proceeds, if any, of any such sale
in compliance with Section 4.10; and 
 (5) issuances to employees of PAETEC Software Corp. of shares
(and options, warrants and other rights to acquire or purchase shares) of the Capital Stock of PAETEC Software Corp. pursuant to employee incentive plans in an aggregate amount, calculated on an as-converted basis, not to exceed at any time 10% of
the number of shares of Capital Stock of PAETEC Software Corp. then issued and outstanding, so long as PAETEC Software Corp. is a Subsidiary Guarantor. 
 Section 4.07 Limitation on Transactions With Affiliates. (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into, renew or extend any
transaction (including, without limitation, the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or assets, or the rendering of any service) with a Related Person or with any Affiliate of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, except upon fair and
reasonable terms no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than could be obtained, at the time of such transaction or, if such transaction is pursuant to a written agreement, at the time of the execution of the agreement
providing therefor, in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person that is not such a Related Person or an Affiliate. 
 (b) The foregoing limitation does not limit and shall not apply to: 

(1) transactions: 
 (A) approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Company’s Board of Directors or by a majority of the members of the audit committee or compensation committee of such Board of Directors
constituted in accordance with the rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. or other United States national securities exchange; or 
 (B) for which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Trustee a written opinion of a nationally recognized investment banking firm stating that the transaction is fair to the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view: 
 (2) any transaction solely between the Company and
any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or solely between Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries; 

  
 -63-

 (3) fees and compensation paid to and indemnity provided on behalf of,
officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors (or a committee thereof) or senior management; 

(4) any transactions pursuant to employment agreements or arrangements entered into by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business and any issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise, pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock options and stock ownership plans or
other employee benefit plans approved by the Company’s Board of Directors; 
 (5) any grant of stock
options, restricted stock or other awards to employees and directors of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to plans approved by the Company’s Board of Directors; 

(6) any transactions pursuant to any agreement or arrangement as in effect as of the Closing Date or any amendment thereto
or any transaction contemplated thereby (including pursuant to any amendment thereto and any extension of the maturity thereof) and any replacement agreement or arrangement thereto so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement or
arrangement is not more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Closing Date; 
 (7) the issuance of Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock); 
 (8) a Parent Transaction; 
 (9) any Restricted Payments not
prohibited by Section 4.04; 
 (10) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in
connection with any Qualified Receivables Financing; or 
 (11) the Escrow Transactions. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any transaction or series of related transactions covered by Section 4.07(a) and not covered
by clauses (2) through (11) of this Section 4.07(b), (a) the aggregate amount of which exceeds $20 million, but does not exceed $50 million, in value, must be determined to be fair in the manner provided for
in clause (1)(A) or (1)(B) above and (b) the aggregate amount of which exceeds $50 million in value, must be determined to be fair in the manner provided for in clause (1)(B) above. 

Section 4.08 Limitation on Liens. The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, incur,
assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any of its assets or properties of any character (including, without limitation, licenses), or any shares of Capital Stock or Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary except Permitted Liens. 

  
 -64-

 Section 4.09 Limitation on Sale-Leaseback Transactions. (a) The Company will
not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any sale-leaseback transaction involving any of its assets or properties whether now owned or hereafter acquired, whereby the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary sells or transfers
such assets or properties and then or thereafter leases such assets or properties or any part thereof or any other assets or properties which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, intends to use for substantially the same
purpose or purposes as the assets or properties sold or transferred. 
 (b) The foregoing restriction shall not apply to any
sale-leaseback transaction if: 
 (1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary would be entitled to
(a) incur Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt with respect to such transaction pursuant to Section 4.03 and (b) create a Lien on such property securing such Attributable Debt pursuant to
Section 4.08; and 
 (2) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary applies an amount not less than
the net proceeds received from such sale in compliance with Section 4.10. 
 Section 4.10 Limitation on
Asset Sales. (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, consummate any Asset Sale, unless: 
 (1) the consideration received by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary is at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold or disposed of; and 

(2) at least 75% of the consideration received consists of cash, Temporary Cash Investments or the assumption of
Indebtedness of the Company (other than Indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes) or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted
Subsidiary) and unconditional release of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on the Indebtedness assumed. 
 (b) Within 12 months after the date of consummation of such Asset Sale, the Company shall or shall cause the relevant Restricted Subsidiary to: 

(A) apply an amount equal to the Net Cash Proceeds of such Asset Sale to repay Secured Indebtedness and permanently reduce
the commitments in respect thereof; or 
 (B) invest an equal amount, or the amount of Net Cash Proceeds of such
Asset Sale not so applied pursuant to clause (A) (or enter into a definitive agreement committing to so invest within such 12-month period, which investment shall be consummated within 12 months after the date of such agreement ), in
(i) property or assets (other than current assets) of a nature or type or that are used in a business similar or related to the nature or type of the 

  
 -65-

 
property and assets of, or the business of, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries existing on the date of such investment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose
determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a Board Resolution) (a “Related Business”) or (ii) the Capital Stock of a Person primarily engaged in a Related Business that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of
such investment; and 
 (C) apply such Net Cash Proceeds (to the extent not applied pursuant to clause
(A) or (B)) as provided in Section 4.10(c). 
 The amount of such Net Cash Proceeds required to be applied (or to be
committed to be applied) during such 12-month period as set forth in the preceding sentence and not applied as so required by the end of such period shall constitute “Excess Proceeds.” 

(c) If, as of the first day of any calendar month, the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds not theretofore subject to an Offer to
Purchase pursuant to this Section 4.10 totals at least $20 million, the Company must commence, not later than the fifteenth Business Day of such month, and consummate an Offer to Purchase from the Holders on a pro rata basis an aggregate
principal amount of Notes and, to the extent permitted or required by the terms thereof, any other of the Company’s Senior Indebtedness, equal to the Excess Proceeds on such date, at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the
Notes and such other Senior Indebtedness, if applicable, on the relevant Payment Date, plus, in each case, accrued interest (if any) to, but excluding, the Payment Date. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Offer to Purchase, the
Company may use such Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other Senior Indebtedness tendered in response to such Offer to Purchase exceeds the amount of Excess
Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such other Senior Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of the Offer to Purchase, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset to zero. 

Section 4.11 Repurchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control. The Company shall commence, within 30 days of the occurrence of a
Change of Control, and consummate an Offer to Purchase for all Notes then outstanding, at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof on the relevant Payment Date, plus accrued interest (if any) to, but excluding, the Payment
Date. 
 Section 4.12 Existence. Subject to Articles Four and Five, the Company agrees that it shall
do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence and the existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with the organizational documents of the Company and each Restricted
Subsidiary and the rights (whether pursuant to charter, partnership certificate, agreement, statute or otherwise), licenses and franchises of the Company and each Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the Company shall not be required to
preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the existence of any Restricted Subsidiary, if the maintenance or preservation thereof, in the judgment of the Company, is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 

  
 -66-

 Section 4.13 Payment of Taxes and Other Claims. The Company agrees that it shall
pay or discharge and shall cause its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay or discharge, or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent (i) all material taxes, material assessments and material governmental charges levied
or imposed upon (a) the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary, (b) the income or profits of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary which is a corporation or (c) the property of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary
and (ii) all material lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies that, if unpaid, might by law become a lien upon the property of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the Company shall not be required to pay
or discharge, or cause to be paid or discharged, any such tax, assessment, governmental charge or claim the amount, applicability or validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have
been established. 
 Section 4.14 Maintenance of Properties and Insurance. The Company agrees that it shall cause
all properties used or useful in the conduct of its business or the business of any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order and supplied with all necessary equipment and will cause to be
made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in the judgment of the Company may be necessary so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at
all times; provided that nothing in this Section 4.14 shall prevent the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from discontinuing the use, operation or maintenance of any of such properties or disposing of any of them, if such
discontinuance or disposal is, in the judgment of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary having managerial responsibility for any such property, desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary. 

The Company agrees it shall provide or cause to be provided, for itself and the Restricted Subsidiaries, insurance (including appropriate
self-insurance) against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by corporations similarly situated and owning like properties with reputable insurers or with the government of the United States of America, or an agency or
instrumentality thereof, in such amounts, with such deductibles and by such methods as the Company in good faith shall determine to be reasonable and appropriate in the circumstances. 

Section 4.15 Notice of Defaults. In the event that any Officer of the Company becomes aware of any Default or Event of
Default, the Company shall, promptly after such Officer becomes aware thereof, deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is proposing to take with respect thereto.

 Section 4.16 Compliance Certificates. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of
each fiscal year of the Company, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011, an Officers’ Certificate stating whether or not the signers know of any Default or Event of Default that occurred during such fiscal year and, that a
review has been conducted of the activities of each of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries and the Company’s and the Restricted Subsidiaries’ performance under this Indenture and that the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries
have complied with all conditions and covenants under 

  
 -67-

 
this Indenture. If any of the Officers of the Company signing such certificate has knowledge of such a Default or Event of Default, the certificate shall describe any such Default or Event of
Default and what action the Company is proposing to take with respect thereto. 
 Section 4.17 SEC Reports and Reports
to Holders. (a) Whether or not the Company is then required to file reports with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act, the Company will file with the SEC (unless the SEC will not accept or does not permit such a filing, in which case the Company
will supply to the Trustee for forwarding to each Holder, without cost to any Holder), within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations: 

(1) all quarterly and annual financial information with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries that would be required
to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such Forms pursuant to the Exchange Act, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations,” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants; and 

(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file
such reports pursuant to the Exchange Act. 
 (b) If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted
Subsidiaries, the quarterly and annual financial information required by Section 4.17(a) shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, or in
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of
operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company. 
 (c) The Company agrees that, for so long as any Notes remain
outstanding, if at any time it is not required to file with the SEC the reports and other information required by the preceding paragraphs, it will furnish to Holders of Notes and prospective investors in the Notes, upon request, the information
required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 
 (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions
of this Section 4.17, for so long as the Company files the foregoing reports and other information with the SEC, the Company will be deemed to have furnished such reports and other information to the Trustee if the Company has filed such
reports and other information with the SEC via the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval (EDGAR) filing system or any successor electronic filing system of the SEC and such reports are publicly available. 

(e) Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt
of such reports, information and documents shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder
(as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). 

  
 -68-

 Section 4.18 Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws. The Company and each
Subsidiary Guarantor covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other
law that would prohibit or forgive the Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor from paying all or any portion of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in
force, or that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) the Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants
that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 

Section 4.19 Future Subsidiary Guarantors. On and after the effectiveness of the Assumption, PAETEC Holding Corp. shall cause
each Person that is a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary of PAETEC Holding Corp. as of the Closing Date (and is eligible to be a Subsidiary Guarantor under the definition of “Subsidiary Guarantor” on or after the effectiveness of the
Assumption) or becomes a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary of PAETEC Holding Corp. following the Closing Date (and is eligible to be a Subsidiary Guarantor under the definition of “Subsidiary Guarantor” on or after the effectiveness of the
Assumption) and any Foreign Restricted Subsidiary that Guarantees any Indebtedness of the Company or any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Domestic
Restricted Subsidiary or Foreign Restricted Subsidiary will guarantee the payment and performance of the Notes at the time such Person becomes a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary or Guarantees any such Indebtedness of the Company or any Domestic
Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable. 
 Section 4.20 Activities of the Escrow Issuer Prior to the Assumption. Prior
to the effectiveness of the Assumption, the Escrow Issuer shall be a limited purpose corporation whose primary activities are restricted to issuing the Notes, issuing capital stock to, and receiving capital contributions from, PAETEC Holding Corp.,
performing its obligations in respect of the Notes under this Indenture, the Escrow Agreement, the Purchase Agreement and the Closing Date Registration Rights Agreement, and consummating the Assumption or redeeming the Notes on the Escrow Redemption
Date, as applicable, and conducting such other activities as are necessary or appropriate to carry out the activities described above. Prior to the effectiveness of the Assumption, the Escrow Issuer shall not issue any debt other than the Notes or
own, hold or otherwise have any interest in any assets other than the Escrow Account and the cash and investment property on deposit therein or credited thereto. The limitation set forth in the foregoing sentence shall not be deemed to restrict the
Guarantees by the Escrow Issuer referred to in the last sentence of the definition of “Existing Indebtedness.” 

  
 -69-

 ARTICLE FIVE 
 SUCCESSOR CORPORATION 
 Section 5.01 Consolidation, Merger and Sale
of Assets. The Company will not consolidate with, merge with or into, or sell, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its property and assets (as an entirety or substantially an entirety in one transaction or
a series of related transactions) to, any Person or permit any Person to merge with or into the Company, unless: 

(1) the Company shall be the continuing Person, or the Person (if other than the Company) formed by such consolidation or
into which the Company is merged or that acquired or leased the Company’s property and assets shall be a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America or any
jurisdiction thereof and shall expressly assume, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, all of the Company’s obligations on all of the Notes and under this Indenture; 

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default will have occurred and be
continuing; 
 (3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, on a pro forma basis, the Company or any
Person becoming the successor obligor of the Notes, as the case may be, could Incur at least $1.00 of Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a); provided, however, that this clause (3) shall not apply to a
consolidation, merger or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets if immediately after giving effect to such transaction, on a pro forma basis, the Company or any Person becoming the successor obligor of the Notes shall have a
Consolidated Leverage Ratio equal to or less than the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; and 
 (4) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, in each case stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture comply with
this Section 5.01 and that all conditions precedent provided for in this Section 5.01 relating to such transaction have been complied with; 
 provided that clause (3) above will not apply if, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution,
the principal purpose of such transaction is to change the state of incorporation of the Company or to create a holding company pursuant to a Parent Transaction and provided, further, that any such transaction shall not have as one of
its purposes the evasion of the foregoing limitations. In addition, clause (3) above will not apply to any consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and any
Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 This Section 5.01 shall not restrict or otherwise apply to the consummation of the
Assumption, including any merger of the Escrow Issuer with and into PAETEC Holding Corp., as a result of which PAETEC Holding Corp. shall be the continuing Person, or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition by the Escrow Issuer of its
property or assets to PAETEC Holding Corp. in connection with the consummation of the Assumption. 

  
 -70-

 Section 5.02 Successor Substituted. Upon any consolidation or merger, or any
sale, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.01, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is
merged or to which such sale, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture, with the same effect as if such successor
Person had been named as the Company herein; provided that the Company shall not be released from its obligations or covenants under this Indenture, including with respect to the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on
the Notes in the case of: (i) a sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance or other disposition (unless such sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance or other disposition is of all the assets of the Company) or (ii) a lease. 

ARTICLE SIX 
 DEFAULT AND REMEDIES 
 Section 6.01 Events of Default. Any of
the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default” hereunder: 
 (1) default in the
payment of principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon acceleration, redemption or otherwise; 
 (2) default in the payment of interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues for a period of 30 days; 

(3) default in the performance or breach of the provisions of Article Five or the failure to make or consummate an
Offer to Purchase in accordance with Section 4.10 or Section 4.11; 
 (4) the Company
defaults in the performance of or breaches any other covenant or agreement of the Company in this Indenture or under the Notes (other than a default specified in clause (1), (2) or (3) above), and such default or
breach continues for a period of 60 consecutive days after written notice by the Trustee to the Company or by the Holders of 25% or more in aggregate principal amount of the Notes to the Company and the Trustee; 

(5) there occurs with respect to any issue or issues of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary having an
outstanding principal amount of $20 million or more in the aggregate for all such issues of all such Persons, whether such Indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created, (A) an event of default that has caused the holder thereof to
declare such Indebtedness to be due and payable prior to its Stated Maturity and such Indebtedness has not been discharged in full or such acceleration has not been rescinded or annulled within 30 days of such acceleration and/or (B) the
failure to make a principal payment at the final (but not any interim) fixed maturity and such defaulted payment shall not have been made, waived or extended within 30 days of such payment default; 

  
 -71-

 (6) any final judgment or order (not covered by insurance) for the payment
of money in excess of $20 million in the aggregate for all such final judgments or orders against all such Persons (treating any deductibles, self-insurance or retention as not so covered) shall be rendered against the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary and shall not be paid or discharged, and there shall be any period of 60 consecutive days following entry of the final judgment or order that causes the aggregate amount for all such final judgments or orders outstanding and not paid or
discharged against all such Persons to exceed $20 million during which a stay of enforcement of such final judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; 

(7) a court having jurisdiction in the premises enters a decree or order for 

(A) relief in respect of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect; 
 (B) appointment of a receiver, liquidator,
assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; or 

(C) the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary and, in each case, such
decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; 
 (8) the Company or
any Significant Subsidiary 
 (A) commences a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other
similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consents to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law; 
 (B) consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or
substantially all of the property and assets of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; or 
 (C) effects any
general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or 
 (9) Subsidiary Guarantees provided by Subsidiary
Guarantors that individually or together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such Subsidiary Guarantees or the terms of this Indenture) or any Subsidiary
Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee. 

  
 -72-

 Section 6.02 Acceleration. (a) If an Event of Default (other than an Event of
Default specified in clause (7) or (8) of Section 6.01 that occurs with respect to the Company) occurs and is continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal
amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Company (and to the Trustee if such notice is given by the Holders), may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal amount of, premium, if any, and
accrued interest on the Notes to be immediately due and payable. Upon a declaration of acceleration, such principal amount, premium, if any, and accrued interest shall be immediately due and payable. In the event of a declaration of acceleration
because an Event of Default set forth in clause (5) of Section 6.01 has occurred and is continuing, such declaration of acceleration shall be automatically rescinded and annulled if the event of default triggering such Event
of Default pursuant to clause (5) of Section 6.01 shall be remedied or cured by the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary or waived by the holders of the relevant Indebtedness within 60 days after the declaration of
acceleration with respect thereto. If an Event of Default specified in clause (7) or (8) of Section 6.01 occurs with respect to the Company, the principal amount of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the
Notes then outstanding shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. 
 (b) The Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, by written notice to the Company and to the Trustee, may waive all past Defaults and rescind and annul a declaration of
acceleration and its consequences if (1) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured
or waived and (2) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction. 

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent elected by the Company, the sole remedy for an Event of Default relating to the failure
to comply with Section 4.17 and for any failure to comply with the requirements of Section 314(a)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act will for the first 120 days after the occurrence of such an Event of Default consist exclusively of the
right to receive Additional Interest on the Notes at an annual rate equal to 0.50% of the principal amount of the Notes. The Additional Interest will be paid semi-annually in arrears, with the first semi-annual payment due on the first Interest
Payment Date following the date on which the Additional Interest begins to accrue on any Notes. The Additional Interest will accrue on all outstanding Notes from and including the date on which such Event of Default first occurs to, but excluding,
the 120th day thereafter (or such earlier date on which such Event of Default shall have been cured or waived). On such 120th day (or earlier, if such Event of Default is cured or waived prior to such 120th day), such Additional Interest will cease
to accrue and, if such Event of Default has not been cured or waived prior to such 120th day, the Notes will be subject to acceleration as provided above. In the event the Company does not elect to pay Additional Interest upon an Event of Default in
accordance with this Section 6.02(c), the Notes will be subject to acceleration as provided above. If the Company elects to pay such Additional Interest, it will notify the Trustee and Paying Agent of such election on or before the close
of business on the date on which such Event of Default first occurs. 

  
 -73-

 Section 6.03 Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing,
the Trustee may, and at the direction of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall, pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of, premium,
if any, or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
 The Trustee
may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. 

Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults. Subject to Sections 6.02, 6.07 and 9.02, the Holders of at least a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, by notice to the Trustee, may waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences, except a Default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any
Note as specified in clause (1) or (2) of Section 6.01 or in respect of a covenant or provision of this Indenture which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note
affected. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default
or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 
 Section 6.05 Control by Majority. The Holders of at
least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee pursuant to
this Indenture; provided, however, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, that may involve the Trustee in personal liability, or that the Trustee determines in good faith may be unduly
prejudicial to the rights of Holders of Notes not joining in the giving of such direction; and provided, further, that the Trustee may take any other action it deems proper that is not inconsistent with any such direction received from
Holders of Notes. 
 Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits. A Holder may not institute any proceeding, judicial or
otherwise, with respect to this Indenture or the Notes, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder unless: 
 (1) the Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default; 
 (2) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes shall have made a written request to the Trustee to pursue such remedy; 

(3) such Holder or Holders offer the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any costs, liability or
expense; 
 (4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the
offer of indemnity; and 

  
 -74-

 (5) during such 60-day period, the Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction that is inconsistent with the request; 
 For
purposes of Section 6.05 and this Section 6.06, the Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 316(a) in making any determination of whether the Holders of the required aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes have
concurred in any request or direction of the Trustee to pursue any remedy available to the Trustee or the Holders with respect to this Indenture or the Notes or otherwise under the law. 

A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over such other
Holder. 
 Section 6.07 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture,
the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, such Note or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment, on or after the due date expressed in the Notes, shall not be impaired or
affected without the consent of such Holder. 
 Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default in
payment of principal, premium or interest specified in clause (1), (2) or (3) of Section 6.01 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust
against the Company or any other obligor of the Notes for the whole amount of principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest remaining unpaid, together with interest on overdue principal, premium, if any, and, to the extent that payment of such
interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate specified in the Notes, and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.07. 
 Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the
Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07) and the Holders allowed in any judicial
proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor of the Notes), their creditors or their property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies, securities or other property payable or deliverable upon conversion or
exchange of the Notes or upon any such claims and to distribute the same, and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make
such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of
the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to empower the Trustee to authorize or consent to, or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder, any
plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 

  
 -75-

 Section 6.10 Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this
Article Six, it shall pay out the money in the following order: 
 First: to the Trustee for all amounts due under
Section 7.07; 
 Second: to Holders for amounts then due and unpaid for principal of, premium, if any, and interest
on the Notes in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest,
respectively; and 
 Third: to the Company or any other obligors of the Notes, as their interests may appear, or as a court of
competent jurisdiction may direct. 
 The Trustee, upon prior written notice to the Company, may fix a record date and payment
date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10. 
 Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs. In
any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require any party litigant in such suit to file an
undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit having due regard to the merits and good faith of
the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the
outstanding Notes. 
 Section 6.12 Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted
any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then, and in every such case, subject to any
determination in such proceeding, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall
continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted. 
 Section 6.13 Rights and Remedies Cumulative. Except as
otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or wrongfully taken Notes in Section 2.09, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to
be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.
The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy. 

  
 -76-

 Section 6.14 Delay or Omission Not Waiver. No delay or omission of the Trustee
or of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article
Six or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be. 

ARTICLE SEVEN 
 TRUSTEE 
 Section 7.01 General. The duties and responsibilities
of the Trustee shall be as provided by the TIA and as set forth herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the
performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably
assured to it. Whether or not herein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this
Article Seven. 
 Section 7.02 Certain Rights of Trustee. Subject to TIA Sections 315(a) through (d):

 (1) the Trustee may conclusively rely, and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting, upon
any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or
presented by the proper person; 
 (2) before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an
Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel, which shall conform to Section 11.04. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such certificate or opinion; 

(3) the Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of
any attorney or agent appointed with due care by it hereunder; 
 (4) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to
exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs,
expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction; 
 (5) the
Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers, provided that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute gross negligence or bad faith;

  
 -77-

 (6) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem
it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an
Officers’ Certificate; 
 (7) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or
matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion,
may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the
Company personally or by agent or attorney; 
 (8) any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall
be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Order and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution; 
 (9) the Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or
omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon; 
 (10) the Trustee shall not be charged with
knowledge of any Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes unless either (A) a Responsible Officer of the Trustee assigned to the Corporate Trust Department of the Trustee (or any successor division or department of the Trustee)
shall have actual knowledge of such Default or Event of Default or (B) written notice of such Default or Event of Default shall have been given to the Trustee by the Company or any other obligor on the Notes or by any Holder of the Notes;

 (11) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in good faith and
believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture; 
 (12) the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the
Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder; and 
 (13) in no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of
whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 

Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or
pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or their respective Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee is subject to TIA Sections 310(b)
and 311. 

  
 -78-

 Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee (i) makes no
representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, (ii) shall not be accountable for the Company’s use or application of the proceeds from the Notes and (iii) shall not be responsible for any statement in
the Notes other than its certificate of authentication. 
 Section 7.05 Notice of Default. If any Default or any
Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if such Default or Event of Default is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder in the manner and to the extent provided in TIA Section 313(c) notice of the Default or Event of
Default within 45 days after it occurs, unless such Default or Event of Default has been cured or waived; provided, however, that, except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any
Note, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determine that the
withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders. 
 Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders. Within
60 days after each May 15, beginning with May 15, 2011, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder as provided in TIA Section 313(c) a brief report dated as of such May 15, if required by TIA Section 313(a). 

A copy of each such report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the SEC and
each stock exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA Section 313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange or of any delisting thereof. 

Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity. The Company shall pay to each of the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar
(together with any predecessor Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar, each an “Indemnified Party”) such compensation as shall be agreed upon in writing for their respective services hereunder. The compensation of the Trustee shall not
be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse each Indemnified Party upon request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances incurred or made by such Indemnified Party without
negligence or bad faith on its part. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses of such Indemnified Party’s agents and counsel. 
 The Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall, jointly and severally, indemnify each Indemnified Party for, and hold it harmless against, any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense incurred by it
without gross negligence or willful misconduct on its part in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Indenture and its duties under this Indenture and the Notes, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any
claim or liability and of complying with any process served upon it or any of its officers in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties under this Indenture and the Notes. An Indemnified Party shall notify the
Company promptly of any claim of which such Indemnified Party has received written notice for which it may seek indemnity under this Section 7.07. Failure by an Indemnified Party to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company

  
 -79-

 
of its obligations hereunder, unless the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is materially prejudiced thereby. The Company shall defend the claim and the Indemnified Party shall cooperate in the
defense. Unless otherwise set forth herein, the Indemnified Party may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be required to pay for any
settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be required to reimburse any expense or indemnity against loss or liability determined to have been caused
by the Indemnified Party through its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. 
 To secure the Company’s payment
obligations in this Section 7.07, each Indemnified Party shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee, except money or property held in trust to pay principal
of, premium, if any, and interest on particular Notes. 
 If an Indemnified Party incurs expenses or renders services after the
occurrence of an Event of Default specified in clause (7) or (8) of Section 6.01, the expenses and the compensation for the services will be intended to constitute expenses of administration under Title 11 of the
United States Bankruptcy Code or any applicable federal or state law for the relief of debtors. 
 The provisions of this
Section 7.07 (i) shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar and the termination of this Indenture and (ii) shall be in addition to any other indemnity provided by the Company or
any Subsidiary Guarantor in favor of any Indemnified Party under any other document or agreement. 
 The Trustee shall comply
with the provisions of TIA Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable. 
 Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee.
A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. 

The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Company in writing at least 30 days prior to the date of the proposed resignation.
The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee with the consent of the Company. The Company may remove the Trustee if:
(i) the Trustee is no longer eligible under Section 7.10; (ii) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent; (iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or (iv) the
Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 
 If the Trustee resigns or is removed, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee
for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the
successor Trustee appointed by the Company. If the successor Trustee does not deliver its written acceptance required by the next succeeding paragraph of this Section 7.08 within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed,
the retiring Trustee, the Company or the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may, at the expense of the Company, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

  
 -80-

 A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring
Trustee and to the Company. Immediately after the delivery of such written acceptance, subject to the lien provided in Section 7.07, (i) the retiring Trustee shall, upon transfer of its charges hereunder, transfer all property held
by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, (ii) the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and (iii) the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A
successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each Holder. No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article. 

If the Trustee is no longer eligible under Section 7.10 or shall fail to comply with TIA Section 310(b), any Holder who
satisfies the requirements of TIA Section 310(b) may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance
with the provisions of this Section 7.08, the Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect provided in this Section 7.08. 
 The Company shall give notice of any resignation and any removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee to all Holders. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and
the address of its Corporate Trust Office. 
 Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this
Section 7.08, the Company’s obligation under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
 Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another
corporation or national banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation or national banking association without any further act shall be the successor Trustee with the same effect as if the successor Trustee had been named as
the Trustee herein, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article. 

Section 7.10 Eligibility. This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA
Section 310(a)(1). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition that is subject to the requirements of applicable federal or state supervising
or examining authority. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Article. 

Section 7.11 Money Held in Trust. The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the
Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law and except for money held in trust under Article Eight. 

  
 -81-

 ARTICLE EIGHT 
 DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE 
 Section 8.01 Termination of Company’s
Obligations. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8.01, the Company may terminate its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture if: 
 (1) all Notes previously authenticated and delivered (other than destroyed, lost or stolen Notes that have been replaced or Notes that are paid pursuant to Section 4.01 or Notes for whose
payment money or securities have theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company, as provided in Section 8.05) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation and the Company or any other Obligor has paid all
sums payable by them hereunder; or 
 (2) (A) the Notes mature within one year or all of them are to be called
for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for giving the notice of redemption, (B) the Company or any other Obligor irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee during such one-year period, under the terms
of an irrevocable trust agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, as trust funds solely for the benefit of the Holders for that purpose, money or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient (in the opinion of a nationally recognized
firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee), without consideration of any reinvestment of any interest thereon, to pay principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Notes
to the date of maturity or redemption, as the case may be, and to pay all other sums payable by it hereunder, (C) no Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit,
(D) such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture (other than any Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit referred to in
clause (1) above and the granting of Liens in connection therewith) or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any other Obligor is a party or by which they are bound, (E) the Company has delivered irrevocable
instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, and (F) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, in each case
stating that all conditions precedent provided for herein relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with. 
 With respect to the foregoing clause (1), the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall survive. With respect to the foregoing clause (2), the Company’s
obligations in Sections 2.02, 2.03, 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 2.14, 4.01, 4.02, 7.07, 7.08, 8.04, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive
until the Notes are no longer outstanding. Thereafter, only the Company’s obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.04, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge. After any such irrevocable deposit, the
Trustee upon request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture except for those surviving obligations specified above. 

  
 -82-

 Section 8.02 Defeasance and Discharge of Indenture. The Obligors will be deemed
to have paid and will be discharged from any and all obligations in respect of the Notes, and the provisions of this Indenture will no longer be in effect with respect to the Notes, and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute
proper instruments acknowledging the same if: 
 (A) with reference to this Section 8.02, the Company
has irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 7.10) and conveyed all right, title and interest to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders,
under the terms of an irrevocable trust agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee as trust funds in trust, specifically pledged to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders as security for payment of the principal of, premium, if
any, and interest, if any, on the Notes, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders, in and to (1) money in an amount, (2) U.S. Government Obligations that, through the payment of interest, premium, if any, and principal in
respect thereof in accordance with their terms, will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any payment referred to in this clause (A), money in an amount or (3) a combination thereof in an amount sufficient, in the
opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, without consideration of the reinvestment of such interest and after payment of
all federal, state and local taxes or other charges and assessments in respect thereof payable by the Trustee, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity of such principal or interest;
provided that the Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed to apply such money or the proceeds of such U.S. Government Obligations to the payment of such principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to the Notes; 

(B) the Company has delivered to the Trustee (1) either (x) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that Holders
will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of the Company’s exercise of its option under this Section 8.02 and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner
and at the same times as would have been the case if such option had not been exercised, which Opinion of Counsel shall be based upon (and accompanied by a copy of) a ruling of the Internal Revenue Service to the same effect unless there has been a
change in applicable federal income tax law after the Closing Date such that a ruling is no longer required or (y) a ruling directed to the Trustee received from the Internal Revenue Service to the same effect as the aforementioned Opinion of
Counsel and (2) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the creation of the defeasance trust does not violate the Investment Company Act of 1940 and that after the passage of 123 days following the deposit (except, with respect to any trust
funds for the account of any Holder who may be deemed to be an “insider” for purposes of the United States Bankruptcy Code, after one year following the deposit), the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of the
United States Bankruptcy Code or Section 15 of the New York Debtor and Creditor Law; 

  
 -83-

 (C) immediately after giving effect to such deposit, on a pro forma basis,
no Event of Default, or event that after the giving of notice or lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than any Default or Event of Default resulting from the
borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit referred to in clause (A) above and the granting of Liens in connection therewith), and such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this
Indenture (other than any Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit referred to in clause (A) above and the granting of Liens in connection therewith) or any other agreement or
instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; 
 (D) if the Notes are then listed on a national securities exchange, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Notes will not be delisted as a result of such
deposit, defeasance and discharge; and 
 (E) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, in each case stating that all conditions precedent provided for herein relating to the defeasance contemplated by this Section 8.02 have been complied with. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company’s obligations in Sections 2.02, 2.03, 2.04, 2.05,
2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 2.14, 4.01, 4.02, 7.07, 7.08, 8.04, 8.05, 8.06 and the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder shall survive
until the Notes are no longer outstanding. Thereafter, only the Company’s obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.04, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive. If and when a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service or an Opinion of
Counsel referred to in clause (B)(l) of this Section 8.02 is able to be provided specifically without regard to, and not in reliance upon, the continuance of the Company’s obligations under Section 4.01, then the
Company’s obligations under Section 4.01 shall cease upon delivery to the Trustee of such ruling or Opinion of Counsel and compliance with the other conditions precedent provided for herein relating to the defeasance contemplated by
this Section 8.02. 
 After any such irrevocable deposit, the Trustee upon request shall acknowledge in writing the
discharge of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture except for those surviving obligations in the immediately preceding paragraph. 

  
 -84-

 Section 8.03 Defeasance of Certain Obligations. The Obligors may omit to comply
with any term, provision or condition set forth in clause (3) of Section 5.01 and Sections 4.03 through 4.11, Sections 4.14 through 4.17, and Section 4.19, and clause (3) of
Section 6.01 with respect to clause (3) of Section 5.01, clause (4) of Section 6.01 with respect to Sections 4.03 through 4.11, Sections 4.14 through 4.17, and
Section 4.19, and clauses (5), (6), (9) and (10) of Section 6.01 shall be deemed not to be Events of Default, in each case, with respect to the outstanding Notes if: 

(1) with reference to this Section 8.03, the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably
deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 7.10) and conveyed all right, title and interest to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders, under the terms of an irrevocable trust agreement in
form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee as trust funds in trust, specifically pledged to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders as security for payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Notes, and
dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders, in and to (A) money in an amount, (B) U.S. Government Obligations that, through the payment of interest, premium, if any, and principal in respect thereof in accordance with their
terms, will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any payment referred to in this clause (1), money in an amount or (C) a combination thereof in an amount, in each case, sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally
recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, without consideration of the reinvestment of such interest and after payment of all federal, state and
local taxes or other charges and assessments in respect thereof payable by the Trustee, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity of such principal or interest; provided that the Trustee
shall have been irrevocably instructed to apply such money or the proceeds of such U.S. Government Obligations to the payment of such principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to the Notes; 

(2) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that (A) the creation of the
defeasance trust does not violate the Investment Company Act of 1940, (B) after the passage of 123 days following the deposit (except, with respect to any trust funds for the account of any Holder who may be deemed to be an “insider”
for purposes of the United States Bankruptcy Code, after one year following the deposit), the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or Section 15 of the New York Debtor and
Creditor Law, (C) the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance of certain covenants and Events of Default and will be subject to federal income tax on the same
amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred and (D) the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders, has a valid first-priority security interest in the trust
funds; 
 (3) immediately after giving effect to such deposit, on a pro forma basis, no Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than any Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit referred to in clause (1) above and the
granting of Liens in connection therewith), and such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture (other than any Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied
to make the deposit referred to in clause (1) above and the granting of Liens in connection therewith) or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries is bound; 

  
 -85-

 (4) the Notes are then listed on a national securities exchange, the Company
has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Notes will not be delisted as a result of such deposit, defeasance and discharge; and 
 (5) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, in each case stating that all conditions precedent provided for herein relating to the defeasance
contemplated by this Section 8.03 have been complied with. 
 Section 8.04 Application of Trust Money.
Subject to Sections 8.05 and 8.06, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to Section 8.01, 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be, and shall
apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with the Notes and this Indenture to the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes; but such money need not be segregated from
other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 Section 8.05 Repayment to Company. Subject to Sections
7.07, 8.01, 8.02 and 8.03, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly pay to the Company upon request set forth in an Officers’ Certificate any excess money held by them at any time and thereupon shall be relieved
from all liability with respect to such money. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest that remains unclaimed for two years;
provided that the Trustee or Paying Agent before being required to make any payment may cause to be published at the expense of the Company once in a newspaper of general circulation in The City of New York or mail to each Holder entitled to
such money at such Holder’s address (as set forth in the Security Register) notice that such money remains unclaimed and that after a date specified therein (which shall be at least 30 days from the date of such publication or mailing) any
unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. After payment to the Company, Holders entitled to such money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable law designates another Person,
and all liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agent with respect to such money shall cease. 
 The Company shall pay and
indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Sections 8.01, 8.02 and 8.03 or the principal and interest received in respect
thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of outstanding Notes. 

Section 8.06 Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations
in accordance with Section 8.01, 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be, by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise
prohibiting such application, the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.01, 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be,
until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.01, 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be; provided that, if the Company
has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or
U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

  
 -86-

 ARTICLE NINE 
 AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS 
 Section 9.01 Without Consent
of Holders. The Company, when authorized by a resolution of its Board of Directors (as evidenced by a Board Resolution), and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes without notice to or the consent of any Holder:

 (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in this Indenture; 

(2) to comply with Article Five; 

(3) to comply with any requirements of the SEC in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

 (4) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee; 

(5) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; 

(6) to add one or more initial or additional Guarantees on the terms required by this Indenture; 

(7) to grant Liens securing the Notes; 

(8) to conform the terms of this Indenture to the terms set forth under “Description of the Notes” in the Final
Offering Memorandum; 
 (9) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes; 

(10) to consummate the Escrow Transactions, including the Assumption as provided in Section 12.01 (which
Assumption Supplemental Indenture shall include PAETEC Holding Corp. as a party thereto); or 
 (11) to make any
change that, in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors of the Company as evidenced by a Board Resolution, does not materially and adversely affect the rights of any Holder. 

Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 and without prior notice to the
Holders, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, when authorized by their Boards of Directors (as evidenced by a Board Resolution), and the Trustee may amend this Indenture and the Notes with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the 

  
 -87-

 
Trustee may waive future compliance by the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors or any other Restricted Subsidiaries with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes; provided,
however, that no such modification, amendment or waiver may, without the consent of each affected Holder (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): 

(1) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of interest on, any Note; 

(2) reduce the principal amount of, or interest or premium, if any, on any Note; 

(3) change the place or currency of payment of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on any Note; 

(4) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or after the Stated Maturity (or, in the case
of a redemption, on or after the Redemption Date) on any Note or any Subsidiary Guarantee; 
 (5) reduce the
percentage of outstanding Notes, the consent of whose Holders is necessary to modify or amend this Indenture or the Notes, waive future compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or waive past Defaults; 

(6) waive a default in the payment of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on the Notes; or 

(7) release any Subsidiary Guarantee other than pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any
proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
 After an
amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. The Company will mail supplemental
indentures to Holders upon request. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture or waiver. 

  
 -88-

 Section 9.03 Revocation and Effect of Consent. Until an amendment or waiver
becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the Note of the consenting Holder, even if notation of the consent is not
made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to its Note or portion of its Note. Such revocation shall be effective only if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment,
supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver shall become effective upon receipt by the Trustee of written consents from the Holders of the requisite percentage in principal amount of the outstanding Notes. 

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any
amendment, supplement or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the last two sentences of the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies) and only those
Persons shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more
than 90 days after such record date. 
 After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder
unless it is of the type described in Section 9.02. In case of an amendment or waiver of the type described in Section 9.02, the amendment or waiver shall bind each Holder who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder
of a Note that evidences the same indebtedness as the Note of the consenting Holder. 
 Section 9.04 Notation on or
Exchange of Notes. If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may require the Holder to deliver such Note to the Trustee. At the Company’s expense, the Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the
Note about the changed terms and return it to the Holder and the Trustee may place an appropriate notation on any Note thereafter authenticated. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Note shall
issue, and the Trustee shall authenticate, a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation, or issue a new Note, shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 

Section 9.05 Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc. The Trustee shall be provided with, and shall be fully protected in relying
upon, an Opinion of Counsel complying with Section 11.03 and stating that the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article Nine is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that it will
be valid and binding upon the Company. Subject to the preceding sentence, the Trustee shall sign such amendment, supplement or waiver if the same does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Trustee
may, but shall not be obligated to, execute any such amendment, supplement or waiver that affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 

  
 -89-

 Section 9.06 Conformity with Trust Indenture Act. Every supplemental indenture
executed pursuant to this Article Nine shall conform to the requirements of the TIA as then in effect. 
 ARTICLE TEN

 SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES 
 Section 10.01 Subsidiary Guarantees. Subject to this Article Ten, each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby, jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note
and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of, premium, if any, and interest
on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company
to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of
such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so
guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be obligated to pay such amount immediately. Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

 Subject to Section 10.02, each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be
unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the Notes or this Indenture, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any
provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the Notes or this Indenture or any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Subsidiary
Guarantor. Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company,
protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Subsidiary Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture. 

If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any custodian,
trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Subsidiary Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be
reinstated in full force and effect. 
 Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of
subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees 

  
 -90-

 
that, as between the Holders and the Trustee, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article Six for the purposes of this Subsidiary
Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in
Article Six, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Subsidiary Guarantor for the purpose of this Subsidiary Guarantee. 

Section 10.02 Limitation on Subsidiary Guarantor Liability. Each Subsidiary Guarantor and, by its acceptance of Notes, each
Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that this Subsidiary Guarantee does not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of United States Bankruptcy Code, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the
Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Subsidiary Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the
obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor under this Subsidiary Guarantee and this Article Ten shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of each
Subsidiary Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, result in the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under this Subsidiary Guarantee to not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 

Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantees. Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that its execution and
delivery of this Indenture or any supplemental indentures pursuant to Section 4.19 and this Section 10.03 shall evidence its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 without the need for any further
notation on the Notes. 
 Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in
Section 10.01 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation relating to such Subsidiary Guarantee. 
 If an Officer of a Subsidiary Guarantor whose signature is on this Indenture or any supplemental indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Notes or at any time
thereafter, such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless. 
 The delivery of any Note by
the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of each Subsidiary Guarantor. 

In the event that the Company creates or acquires any new Subsidiaries or other guarantors subsequent to the date of this Indenture, if
required by Section 4.19, the Company agrees to cause such Subsidiaries or other guarantors to execute supplemental indentures to this Indenture and Subsidiary Guarantees in accordance with Section 4.19 and this Article
Ten, to the extent applicable. In addition, the Company agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether existing on the date of this Indenture or created or acquired subsequent to the date of
this Indenture, that is otherwise eligible to be a Subsidiary Guarantor under the definition of “Subsidiary Guarantor” to obtain all material authorizations 

  
 -91-

 
and consents of governmental authorities required in order for such Restricted Subsidiary to guarantee the Notes at the earliest practicable date and to enter into a Subsidiary Guarantee promptly
thereafter. For purposes of this Section 10.03, the requirement to use “commercially reasonable efforts” shall not be deemed to require the Company to make material payments in excess of normal fees and costs to or at the
direction of governmental authorities or to change the manner in which it conducts its business in any respect that the management of the Company shall determine in good faith to be adverse or materially burdensome. The Company further agrees that,
notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary in this Indenture, each such Restricted Subsidiary that does not execute and deliver this Indenture shall, upon execution and delivery of a supplemental indenture pursuant to
Section 4.19, be deemed to be a Subsidiary Guarantor for all purposes hereunder (including, without limitation, for purposes of this Article Ten). 
 Section 10.04 Release of Subsidiary Guarantor. (a) Any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee, (i) upon any sale or other
disposition (in a transaction that complies with this Indenture) by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of their Capital Stock or other ownership interests in such Subsidiary Guarantor such that such Subsidiary Guarantor immediately
following such sale or disposition ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; (ii) upon the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary in a transaction that complies with this Indenture;
(iii) if the Company properly designates that Subsidiary Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary under this Indenture; (iv) if the Company exercises its legal defeasance option pursuant to Section 8.02 or its covenant
defeasance option pursuant to Section 8.03; or (v) upon satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or payment in full of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all other obligations of the Company and any
Subsidiary Guarantor that are then due and payable. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that one of the foregoing requirements has been satisfied and the conditions to
the release of a Subsidiary Guarantor under this Section 10.04 have been met, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of such Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under its
Subsidiary Guarantee. 
 (b) Any Subsidiary Guarantor not released, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, from its
obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in and subject
to this Article Ten. 
 Section 10.05 Subsidiary Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms. Each
Subsidiary Guarantor (other than any Subsidiary Guarantor whose Subsidiary Guarantee is to be released in accordance with Section 10.04) will not, and the Company will not cause or permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, consolidate with or
merge with or into any Person other than the Company or any other Subsidiary Guarantor unless: 
 (1) the Person
formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Subsidiary Guarantor) is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America or any
jurisdiction thereof; 

  
 -92-

 (2) such Person assumes by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to
the Trustee, all of the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee and the performance of every covenant of such Subsidiary Guarantee and this Indenture; and 

(3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing. 
 ARTICLE ELEVEN 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
 Section 11.01 Trust Indenture Act of 1939.
Prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, if and to the extent required by the TIA, this Indenture shall incorporate and be governed by the provisions of the TIA that are required to be part of and to govern indentures qualified
under the TIA. After the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, this Indenture shall be subject to the provisions of the TIA that are required to be a part of this Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions.

 Section 11.02 Notices. Any notice or communication shall be sufficiently given if in writing and delivered in
person, mailed by first-class mail or sent by telecopier transmission addressed as follows: 
 if to the Company:

 PAETEC Holding Corp. 
 One PAETEC Plaza 
 600 Willowbrook Office Park 

Fairport, New York 14450 
 Telecopier No.: (585) 340-2980 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 if to the Trustee: 
 The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. 
 525 William
Penn Place, 38th Floor 

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15259 
 Telecopier No.: (412) 234-7535 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

 and solely for purposes of Section 4.02: 
 The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. 
 101 Barclay Street, 8W

 New York, New York 10286 
 Telecopier No: (212) 815-5704 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

  
 -93-

 The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different
addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
 Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to it at
its address as it appears on the Security Register by first-class mail and shall be sufficiently given to it if so mailed within the time prescribed. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA
Section 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Copies of any such communication or notice to a Holder shall also be mailed to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 

Failure to mail notice or communication to a Holder as provided herein or any defect in any such notice or communication shall not affect
its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. Except for a notice to the Trustee, which is deemed given only when received, and except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, if a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided in this
Section 11.02, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 
 Where this Indenture provides for
notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the
Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver. 

In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice
by mail, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder. 
 Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall
have the protection of TIA Section 312(c). 
 Section 11.03 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.
Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee: 
 (1) an Officers’ Certificate stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

 (2) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such Counsel, all such conditions precedent have
been complied with. 
 Section 11.04 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with
respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include: 
 (1) a
statement that each person signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto; 

  
 -94-

 (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or
investigation upon which the statement or opinion contained in such certificate or opinion is based; 
 (3) a
statement that, in the opinion of each such person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of each such person, such condition or covenant has been complied
with; provided, however, that, with respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of public officials. 

Section 11.05 Acts of Holders. (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action
provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing or may be embodied in or
evidenced by an electronic transmission which identifies the documents containing the proposal on which such consent is requested and certifies such Holders’ consent thereto and agreement to be bound thereby; and except as herein otherwise
expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing
any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section 11.05. 

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness to
such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such
execution is by an officer of a corporation or a member of a partnership or limited liability company, on behalf of such corporation, partnership or limited liability company, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of
his authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient. 

(c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Security Register. 

Section 11.06 Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent or Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a
meeting of Holders. The Paying Agent or Registrar may make reasonable rules for its functions. 
 Section 11.07 Payment
Date Other Than a Business Day. If an Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Payment Date, Stated Maturity or date of maturity of any Note shall not be a Business Day, then payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on such Note, as
the case may be, need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, Payment 

  
 -95-

 
Date or Redemption Date, or at the Stated Maturity or date of maturity of such Note; provided that no interest shall accrue with respect to such payment for the period from and after such
Interest Payment Date, Payment Date, Redemption Date, Stated Maturity or date of maturity, as the case may be. 

Section 11.08 GOVERNING LAW. THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE
TRUSTEE, THE COMPANY, THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS AND THE HOLDERS AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE OR THE NOTES. 

Section 11.09 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture,
loan or debt agreement of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
 Section 11.10 No Recourse Against Others. No recourse for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Notes, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in
respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes, or because of the creation of any Indebtedness represented thereby,
shall be had against any incorporator or against any past, present or future partner, stockholder, other equityholder, officer, director, employee or controlling Person, as such, of either the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or of any successor
Persons, either directly or through the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or any successor Persons, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly
understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issue of the Notes. 

Section 11.11 Successors. All agreements of the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes shall
bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successor. 

Section 11.12 Duplicate Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an
original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
 Section 11.13 Separability. In case any
provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 

Section 11.14 Table of Contents, Headings, Etc. The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and
Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms and provisions hereof. 

  
 -96-

 Section 11.15 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE SUBSIDIARY
GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS
CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 
 Section 11.16 Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any
failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or
military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable
efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 
 ARTICLE TWELVE 
 ASSUMPTION 

Section 12.01 Assumption. 
 (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, PAETEC Holding Corp. may unconditionally assume all of the obligations and agreements of the Escrow Issuer in respect of the Notes issued on the
Closing Date and under this Indenture as if PAETEC Holding Corp. itself had issued the Notes on the Closing Date. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the Assumption shall become effective upon the satisfaction of the following two
conditions: 
 (1) the Escrow Issuer and PAETEC Holding Corp. shall have executed and delivered to the Trustee,
and the Trustee shall have executed, the Assumption Supplemental Indenture; and 
 (2) PAETEC Holding Corp. shall
have executed and delivered to the Initial Purchasers the Registration Rights Agreement Joinder. 
 Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Indenture, the Assumption shall be effective for all purposes of the Notes and this Indenture as of the time and date of the later to occur of the execution of the Assumption Supplemental Indenture by the Escrow Issuer, PAETEC
Holding Corp. and the Trustee and the execution and delivery of the Registration Rights Agreement Joinder as provided in clauses (1) and (2) above. Upon the effectiveness of the Assumption, the Escrow Issuer shall be
unconditionally and irrevocably released and discharged from all obligations, agreements and liabilities as issuer of the Notes in respect of the Notes and under this Indenture and shall no longer be a party to this Indenture as the
“Company” hereunder or as issuer of the Notes. 

  
 -97-

 (b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, upon the effectiveness of the
Assumption, the cover page of this Indenture shall be deemed to be restated to state that this Indenture is made among PAETEC Holding Corp., as the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors parties thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company,
N.A., as Trustee, and the Company shall be authorized to take any and all actions it shall deem necessary or appropriate to reflect such restatement of the cover page of this Indenture in any filing with the SEC or otherwise. 

[Remainder of page left intentionally blank.] 

  
 -98-

 SIGNATURES 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first written above. 

 

					
	PAETEC ESCROW CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	/s/ Keith M. Wilson
		 	Name:	 	Keith M. Wilson
		 	Title:	 	Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee

		
	By:	 	/s/ James M. Young
		 	Name:	 	James M. Young
		 	Title:	 	Senior Associate

 EXHIBIT A 
 [FACE OF NOTE] 
 PAETEC ESCROW CORPORATION 

9 
7/8% Senior Notes due 2018 
 CUSIP No. [            ] 
  

			
	 No. [            ]
	  	$[                        
]

 PAETEC ESCROW CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Escrow Issuer” or the
“Company,” which term includes any successor under the Indenture hereinafter referred to; provided, however, that, for purposes of this Note, prior to the effectiveness of the Assumption, the references to the
“Company” in this Note refer only to the Escrow Issuer and, after the effectiveness of the Assumption, the references to the “Company” in this Note refer only to PAETEC Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation), for value received,
promises to pay to [                        ], or its registered assigns, the principal sum of
[                        ] ($[            ]) on
December 1, 2018. 
 Interest Payment Dates: June 1 and December 1, commencing on June 1, 2011. 

Regular Record Dates: May 15 and November 15. 
 Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

  
 A-1

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile
by its duly authorized officer. 
  

							
	Date: [                    ]	 		 	PAETEC ESCROW CORPORATION
				
		 		 	By:	 	 
		 		 		 	Name:
		 		 		 	Title:

 (Trustee’s Certificate of
Authentication) 
 This is one of the
9 7/8% Senior Notes due 2018 described in the
within-mentioned Indenture. 
  

			
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A. as Trustee

		
	By:	 	 
		 	Authorized Signatory

  
 A-2

 [REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE] 

PAETEC ESCROW CORPORATION 
 9 7/8%
Senior Notes due 2018 
  

	1.	Principal and Interest. 

The Company will pay the principal of this Note on December 1, 2018. 

The Company promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note on each Interest Payment Date, as set forth below, at the rate
per annum shown above. 
 Interest will be payable semi-annually (to the holders of record of the Notes at the close of business
on the May 15 or November 15 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date) on each Interest Payment Date, commencing on June 1, 2011. 
 [Pursuant to the Closing Date Registration Rights Agreement, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors will be obligated to consummate an exchange offer registered under the Securities Act (the
“Exchange Offer”). Upon such Exchange Offer, the Holders of the Notes shall have the right, subject to compliance with securities laws, to exchange the Notes for Exchange Notes, which have been registered under the Securities Act, in like
principal amount and having terms identical in all material respects to the Notes. The Holders of the Notes shall be entitled to receive certain Additional Interest payments in the event the Exchange Offer is not consummated and upon certain other
conditions, all pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement. The Holder of this Note is entitled to the benefits of the Closing Date Registration Rights Agreement.]1 

Holders may be entitled to receive Additional Interest payments in the event the Company fails to file specified reports and other
information with the SEC or to provide such reports and other information to the Trustee. 
 Interest on the Notes will accrue
from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from December 2, 2010; provided that, if there is no existing default in the payment of interest and this Note is authenticated between a Regular
Record Date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such Interest Payment Date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 

The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and premium, if any, and interest on overdue installments of interest, to the extent
lawful, at a rate per annum that is 1% in excess of the rate otherwise payable. 
  

 

	1	Remove bracketed language for Exchange Notes 

  
 A-3

  

	2.	Method of Payment. 

 The
Company will pay interest (except defaulted interest) on the principal amount of the Notes as provided above on each June 1 and December 1, commencing on June 1, 2011, to the Persons who are Holders (as reflected in the Security
Register at the close of business on the May 15 or November 15 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date), in each case, even if the Note is cancelled on registration of transfer or registration of exchange after such record date;
provided that, with respect to the payment of principal, the Company will make payment to the Holder that surrenders this Note to a Paying Agent on or after December 1, 2018. 

The Company will pay principal, premium, if any, and, as provided above, interest in money of the United States that at the time of
payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. However, the Company may pay principal, premium, if any, and interest by check payable in such money. It may mail an interest check to a Holder’s registered address (as reflected
in the Security Register). If a payment date is a date other than a Business Day at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

  

	3.	Paying Agent and Registrar. 

 Initially, the Trustee will act as authenticating agent, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any authenticating agent, Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Company,
any Subsidiary or any Affiliate of any of them generally may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar. 
  

	4.	Indenture: Limitations. 

The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of December 2, 2010 (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the
“Indenture”), among the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”). Capitalized terms herein are used as defined in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated. The terms of the Notes
include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of all
such terms. To the extent permitted by applicable law, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Note and the terms of the Indenture, the terms of the Indenture shall control. 

The Notes are general obligations of the Company. 

  
 A-4

  

	5.	Optional Redemption. 

 The
Notes are redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, on and after December 1, 2014 and prior to maturity, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class
mail to each Holder’s last address as it appears in the Security Register, at the following Redemption Prices (expressed in percentages of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date
(subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on December 1 of
the following years: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Redemption Price	 
	 2014
	  	 	104.938	% 
	 2015
	  	 	102.469	% 
	 2016 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 In addition, on and after
the effectiveness of the Assumption, prior to December 1, 2013, the Company may, at its option, at any time or from time to time, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including any Additional Notes) with the net
proceeds from one or more Equity Offerings of the Company or, if there is a Parent Transaction, Parent at a Redemption Price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) of 109.875% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if
any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date); provided,
however, that (i) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) initially issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately after each such redemption and (ii) notice of such
redemption is mailed within 90 days after the closing of the related Equity Offering. 
 On and after the effectiveness of the
Assumption, prior to December 1, 2014, the Company may, at its option, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, redeem any of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to
each Holder’s last address as it appears in the Security Register, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the
applicable Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. 
 Notes in original denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part. On and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption, unless the
Company defaults in the payment of the Redemption Price. 
  

	6.	Repurchase Upon Change of Control. 

 The Company shall commence, within 30 days after the occurrence of a Change of Control, and consummate an Offer to Purchase for all Notes then outstanding, at a purchase price equal to 101% of the
principal amount thereof on the relevant Payment Date, plus accrued interest (if any) to, but excluding, the Payment Date. 
 A
notice of such Change of Control will be mailed within 30 days after any Change of Control occurs to each Holder at its last address as it appears in the Security Register. Notes in original denominations larger than $1,000 may be sold to the
Company in part. On and after the Payment Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes surrendered for purchase by the Company, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the purchase price. 

  
 A-5

 If the Escrow Conditions are not satisfied on or before April 2, 2011, or if before
such date the Escrow Agreement is terminated or PAETEC Holding Corp. determines in its sole discretion that any of the Escrow Conditions are not capable of being satisfied, the Escrow Issuer shall be required to redeem the Notes on the Escrow
Redemption Date at the Escrow Redemption Price. If the Escrow Issuer is required to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Indenture, the Escrow Issuer shall cause the notice of special mandatory redemption (which notice shall contain
all the information required under Section 3.04 of the Indenture) to be mailed to each Holder at least five Business Days prior to the Escrow Redemption Date. 
  

	7.	Denominations; Transfer: Exchange. 

 The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 of principal amount and multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may register the transfer or exchange of Notes in
accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not
register the transfer or exchange of any Notes selected for redemption. Also, it need not register the transfer or exchange of any Notes for a period of 15 days before the day of mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes selected for redemption.

  

	8.	Persons Deemed Owners. 

 A
Holder shall be treated as the owner of a Note for all purposes. 
  

	9.	Unclaimed Money. 

 If
money for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company at its request. After that, Holders entitled to the money must look to the
Company for payment, unless an abandoned property law designates another Person, and all liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agent with respect to such money shall cease. 

 

	10.	Discharge Prior to Redemption or Maturity. 

 If the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay the then outstanding principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Notes (a) to redemption
or maturity, the Company will be discharged from the Indenture and the Notes, except in certain circumstances for certain sections thereof, and (b) to the Stated Maturity, the Company will be discharged from certain covenants set forth in the
Indenture. 
  

	11.	Amendment; Supplement; Waiver. 

 Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and any
existing default or compliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the Company and the Trustee may
amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in the Indenture and make any change that does not materially and adversely affect the rights of any Holder. 

  
 A-6

  

	12.	Restrictive Covenants. 

The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, among other things, to Incur
additional Indebtedness, make Restricted Payments, use the proceeds from Asset Sales or engage in transactions with Affiliates and on the ability of the Company to merge, consolidate or transfer substantially all of its assets. Within 90 days after
the end of each fiscal year of the Company, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011, the Company must report to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations. 

 

	13.	Successor Persons. 

 When
a successor Person assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture, the predecessor Person will be released from those obligations. 
  

	14.	Defaults and Remedies. 

The following events constitute “Events of Default” under the Indenture: (1) default in the payment of principal of (or
premium, if any, on) any Note when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon acceleration, redemption or otherwise; (2) default in the payment of interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues
for a period of 30 days; (3) default in the performance or breach of the provisions of Article Five of the Indenture or the failure to make or consummate an Offer to Purchase in accordance with Section 4.10 or Section 4.11 of the
Indenture; (4) the Company defaults in the performance of or breaches any other covenant or agreement of the Company in the Indenture or under the Notes (other than a default specified in clause (1), (2) or
(3) above), and such default or breach continues for a period of 60 consecutive days after written notice by the Trustee to the Company or by the Holders of 25% or more in aggregate principal amount of the Notes to the Company and the
Trustee; (5) there occurs with respect to any issue or issues of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary having an outstanding principal amount of $20 million or more in the aggregate for all such issues of all such Persons,
whether such Indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created, (A) an event of default that has caused the holder thereof to declare such Indebtedness to be due and payable prior to its Stated Maturity and such Indebtedness has not been
discharged in full or such acceleration has not been rescinded or annulled within 30 days of such acceleration and/or (B) the failure to make a principal payment at the final (but not any interim) fixed maturity and such defaulted payment shall
not have been made, waived or extended within 30 days of such payment default; (6) any final judgment or order (not covered by insurance) for the payment of money in excess of $20 million in the aggregate for all such final judgments or orders
against all such Persons (treating any deductibles, self-insurance or retention as not so covered) shall be rendered against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and shall not be paid or discharged, and there shall be any period of 60
consecutive days following entry of the final judgment or order that causes the aggregate amount for all such final judgments or orders outstanding and not paid or discharged against all such Persons to exceed $20 million during which a stay of
enforcement of such final judgment or 

  
 A-7

 
order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; (7) a court having jurisdiction in the premises enters a decree or order for (A) relief in respect of the
Company or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, (B) appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or
similar official of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, or (C) the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company or any
Significant Subsidiary and, in each case, such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; (8) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (A) commences a voluntary case under any applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consents to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, (B) consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver,
liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, or (C) effects any
general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (9) Subsidiary Guarantees provided by Subsidiary Guarantors that individually or together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary cease to be in full force and effect (other than in
accordance with the terms of such Subsidiary Guarantees or the terms of the Indenture) or any Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee. 

If an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may, and at the direction of the Holders of at
least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding shall, declare all the Notes to be due and payable. If a bankruptcy or insolvency default with respect to the Company occurs and is continuing, the Notes automatically become due
and payable. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Notes. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of at
least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. 
  

	15.	Trustee Dealings with Company. 

 The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the
Company or its Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee. 
  

	16.	No Recourse Against Others. 

 No incorporator or any past, present or future partner, stockholder, other equityholder, officer, director, employee or controlling Person, as such, of either the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or
of any successor Persons, either directly or through the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or any successor Persons, shall have any liability for any obligation of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Notes or the Indenture or for
any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

  
 A-8

  

	17.	Authentication. 

 This
Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or authenticating agent signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 
  

	18.	Abbreviations. 

 Customary
abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and
U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
 The Company will furnish a copy of the Indenture to any Holder upon written request
and without charge. Requests may be made to PAETEC Holding Corp., One PAETEC Plaza, 600 Willowbrook Office Park, Fairport, New York 14450, Attention: Chief Financial Officer. 

  
 A-9

 [FORM OF TRANSFER NOTICE] 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned registered holder hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto 

Insert Taxpayer Identification No. 
  

 
  
 Please print or typewrite name and address including zip code of assignee 
  

 
  
 the within Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing
                                         
                                attorney to transfer said Note on the books of the Company
with full power of substitution in the premises. 
 [THE FOLLOWING PROVISION TO BE INCLUDED 

ON ALL NOTES OTHER THAN EXCHANGE NOTES, 
 PERMANENT OFFSHORE GLOBAL NOTES AND 
 PERMANENT OFFSHORE PHYSICAL NOTES] 

In connection with any transfer of this Note occurring prior to the date which is the earlier of (i) the date on which the Shelf
Registration Statement referred to in the Closing Date Registration Rights Agreement is declared effective or (ii) the end of the period referred to in the second sentence of Rule 144(b)(1)(i) under the Securities Act, the undersigned confirms
that without utilizing any general solicitation or general advertising that: 
 [Check One] 

 

	 ̈ (a)	this Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144A thereunder, 

or 
  

	 ̈ (b)	this Note is being transferred other than in accordance with (a) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in
this Note and the Indenture. 

  
 A-10

 If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or other Registrar shall not be obligated to register
this Note in the name of any Person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Section 2.08 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied. 

 

							
	Date:                         	 		 	 
		 		 	 NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must
 correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within-mentioned instrument in every particular, without alteration or any change whatsoever.

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (a) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 
 The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is
a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the
Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the
exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

							
	Date:                     	 		 	 
		 		 	NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

  
 A-11

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you wish to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.11 of the Indenture, check the Box:   ̈ 
 If you wish to have a portion of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.10 or 4.11 of the Indenture, state the amount:
$                                         
   . 
 Date:
                     

			
		
	Your Signature:	 	 
		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this 
Note)

  

			
	Signature Guarantee:	 	 

  
 A-12

 EXHIBIT B 
 Form of Certificate to Be 
 Delivered in Connection with 

Transfers to Non-QIB Accredited Investors 
                     ,
             
 The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. 

525 William Penn Place, 38th Floor 

Pittsburgh, PA 15259 
 Attention: Corporate Trust
Department 
  

	 	Re:	 PAETEC Escrow Corporation (the “Company”)1 

	 	    	
9 7/8% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”) 

 Dear Sirs: 
 In connection with our proposed purchase of
$                     aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that: 

1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture,
dated as of December 2, 2010 (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), relating to the Notes, and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes except in
compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). 

2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes may not be
offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell any Notes, we will do so only (A) to the Company or
any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior
to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S
under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act (if available), or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree
to provide to any person purchasing any of the Notes from us a notice advising such purchaser that resales of the Notes are restricted as stated herein. 
 3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of any Notes, we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may
reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect. 

 

	1	Change to PAETEC Holding Corp. after effectiveness of the Assumption. 

  
 B-1

 4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(l),
(2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts
for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 
 5. We are acquiring the Notes
purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion. 

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any
interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 
  

			
	Very truly yours,
	
	[Name of Transferee]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Authorized Signature

  
 B-2

 EXHIBIT C 
 Form of Certificate to Be Delivered in 
 Connection with Transfers Pursuant to
Regulation S 

                    ,
             
 The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. 

525 William Penn Place, 38th Floor 

Pittsburgh, PA 15259 
 Attention: Corporate Trust
Department 
  

	 	Re:	PAETEC Escrow Corporation (the “Company”)3 

	 	    	
9 7/8% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”) 

 Dear Sirs: 
 In connection with our proposed sale of
U.S.$                     aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance
with Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we represent that: 
 (1) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States; 
 (2) at
the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States; 

(3) no directed selling efforts have been made by us in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule
904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable; and 
 (4) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration
requirements of the Securities Act. 
 You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized
to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

  

			
	Very truly yours,
	
	[Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Authorized Signature

  

	3	Change to PAETEC Holding Corp. after effectiveness of the Assumption. 

  
 C-1

 EXHIBIT D 
 Form of Assumption Supplemental Indenture 
 FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
(this “Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of
                                , among PAETEC Escrow Corporation, a Delaware
corporation (the “Escrow Issuer”), PAETEC Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Successor Issuer”), and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee under the indenture referred to below (the
“Trustee”). 
 RECITALS 

WHEREAS, the Escrow Issuer has heretofore duly executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture, dated as of
December 2, 2010, providing for an initial issuance of $450.0 million aggregate principal amount of its
8 7/8% Senior Notes due 2018 (the
“Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, Section 12.01 of the Indenture provides that, in order to
effectuate the Assumption, the Escrow Issuer and the Successor Issuer shall execute and deliver to the Trustee, and the Trustee shall execute, this Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which the Successor Issuer shall unconditionally assume all of the
Escrow Issuer’s obligations and agreements in respect of the Notes and under the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein; 
 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Escrow Issuer, the Successor Issuer and the Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture; and

 WHEREAS, all acts and requirements necessary to make this Supplemental Indenture the legal, valid and binding
obligation of the Successor Issuer have been done; 
 NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good
and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 

1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used in this Supplemental Indenture (including the recitals hereto) without definition
shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture. 
 2. Agreement to Assume Obligations. The Successor Issuer hereby
agrees to assume unconditionally all of the Escrow Issuer’s obligations and agreements in respect of the Notes and under the Indenture on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 12.01 of the Indenture, to be
bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Notes, and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of the Escrow Issuer in respect of the Notes and under the Indenture. 

3. Notices. All notices or other communications to the Successor Issuer shall be given as provided in Section 11.02 of
the Indenture. 

  
 D-1

 4. Release of Obligations of the Escrow Issuer. The Escrow Issuer hereby acknowledges
and agrees to the provisions of Section 2 of this Supplemental Indenture. On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 12.01 of the Indenture, upon the execution of this Supplemental Indenture by the Escrow
Issuer, the Successor Issuer and the Trustee, the Escrow Issuer is unconditionally and irrevocably released and discharged from all obligations, agreements and liabilities as issuer of the Notes in respect of the Notes and under the Indenture.

 5. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indenture Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the
Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of
Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. 
 6. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The
Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture. The recitals and the statements herein are deemed to be those of the Escrow Issuer and the Successor Issuer and not of the Trustee.

 7. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE
ESCROW ISSUER, THE SUCCESSOR ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE. 

8. Counterparts. This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered
one and the same agreement. 
 9. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not
affect the construction thereof. 
 10. Conflict with the Trust Indenture Act. If any provision of this Supplemental
Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with any provision of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “TIA”) that is required under the TIA to be part of and govern any provision of this Supplemental Indenture, the provision of the
TIA shall control. If any provision of this Supplemental Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the TIA that may be so modified or excluded, the provision of the TIA shall be deemed to apply to the Indenture as so modified or to be excluded
by this Supplemental Indenture. 

  
 D-2

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed as of the date first written above. 
  

			
	The Escrow Issuer
	
	PAETEC Escrow Corporation
		
	By:	 	 
	Name:	 	Mary K. O’Connell
	Title:	 	Vice President and Secretary
	
	The Successor Issuer
	
	PAETEC Holding Corp.
		
	By:	 	 
	Name:	 	Mary K. O’Connell
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

  
 D-3

  

			
	The Trustee
	
	 The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company,
 N.A.

		
	By:	 	 
	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  
 D-4

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00181-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00181-of-00352.parquet"}]]